PowerPC32 treatment of absolute symbols
[binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include <limits.h>
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "libiberty.h"
25 #include "filenames.h"
26 #include "safe-ctype.h"
27 #include "obstack.h"
28 #include "bfdlink.h"
29 #include "ctf-api.h"
30
31 #include "ld.h"
32 #include "ldmain.h"
33 #include "ldexp.h"
34 #include "ldlang.h"
35 #include <ldgram.h>
36 #include "ldlex.h"
37 #include "ldmisc.h"
38 #include "ldctor.h"
39 #include "ldfile.h"
40 #include "ldemul.h"
41 #include "fnmatch.h"
42 #include "demangle.h"
43 #include "hashtab.h"
44 #include "elf-bfd.h"
45 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
46 #include "plugin.h"
47 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
48
49 #ifndef offsetof
50 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
51 #endif
52
53 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
54 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
55 of two, so we can use shifts. */
56 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
57 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
58
59 /* Local variables. */
60 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
61 static struct obstack map_obstack;
62
63 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
64 #define obstack_chunk_free free
65 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
66 static bool map_head_is_link_order = false;
67 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
68 static bool map_option_f;
69 static bfd_vma print_dot;
70 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
71 static const char *current_target;
72 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
73 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
74 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
75 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
76 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
77
78 /* Forward declarations. */
79 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
80 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
81 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
82 static bool sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
83 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
84 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
85 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
86 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
87 static void print_statements (void);
88 static void print_input_section (asection *, bool);
89 static bool lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
90 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
91 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
92 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
93 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
94 static void lang_do_memory_regions (bool);
95
96 /* Exported variables. */
97 const char *output_target;
98 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
99 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
100 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
101 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
102 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
103 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
104 lang_statement_union). */
105 lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
106 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
107 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
108 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
109 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
110 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
111 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
112 lang_statement_union). */
113 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
114 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
115 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
116 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
117 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
118 lang_statement_union). */
119 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
120 static const char *current_input_file;
121 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **current_dynamic_list_p;
122 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
123 const char *entry_section = ".text";
124 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
125 bool entry_from_cmdline;
126 bool lang_has_input_file = false;
127 bool had_output_filename = false;
128 bool lang_float_flag = false;
129 bool delete_output_file_on_failure = false;
130 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
131 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
132 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
133 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
134 static ctf_dict_t *ctf_output;
135 #endif
136
137 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
138 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
139 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
140
141 /* Count times through one_lang_size_sections_pass after mark phase. */
142 static int lang_sizing_iteration = 0;
143
144 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
145 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
146 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
147 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
148 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
149 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
150
151 #define new_stat(x, y) \
152 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
153
154 #define outside_section_address(q) \
155 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
156
157 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
158 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
159
160 /* CTF sections smaller than this are not compressed: compression of
161 dictionaries this small doesn't gain much, and this lets consumers mmap the
162 sections directly out of the ELF file and use them with no decompression
163 overhead if they want to. */
164 #define CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD 4096
165
166 void *
167 stat_alloc (size_t size)
168 {
169 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
170 }
171
172 static int
173 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
174 {
175 if (wildcardp (pattern))
176 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
177 return strcmp (pattern, name);
178 }
179
180 static char *
181 ldirname (const char *name)
182 {
183 const char *base = lbasename (name);
184 char *dirname;
185
186 while (base > name && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (base[-1]))
187 --base;
188 if (base == name)
189 return strdup (".");
190 dirname = strdup (name);
191 dirname[base - name] = '\0';
192 return dirname;
193 }
194
195 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
196 separator. If not, return NULL. */
197
198 static char *
199 archive_path (const char *pattern)
200 {
201 char *p = NULL;
202
203 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
204 return p;
205
206 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
207 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
208 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
209 return p;
210
211 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
212 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
213 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
214 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
215 #endif
216 return p;
217 }
218
219 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
220 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
221
222 static bool
223 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
224 lang_input_statement_type *f)
225 {
226 bool match = false;
227
228 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
229 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
230 && ((sep != file_spec)
231 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
232 {
233 match = true;
234
235 if (sep != file_spec)
236 {
237 const char *aname = bfd_get_filename (f->the_bfd->my_archive);
238 *sep = 0;
239 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
240 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
241 }
242 }
243 return match;
244 }
245
246 static bool
247 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
248 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
249 {
250 struct unique_sections *unam;
251 const char *secnam;
252
253 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
254 && sec->owner != NULL
255 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
256 return !(os != NULL
257 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
258
259 secnam = sec->name;
260 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
261 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
262 return true;
263
264 return false;
265 }
266
267 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
268
269 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
270 false. */
271
272 static bool
273 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
274 lang_input_statement_type *file)
275 {
276 struct name_list *list_tmp;
277
278 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
279 list_tmp;
280 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
281 {
282 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
283
284 if (p != NULL)
285 {
286 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
287 return true;
288 }
289
290 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
291 return true;
292
293 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
294 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
295 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
296 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
297 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
298 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
299 bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive)) == 0)
300 return true;
301 }
302
303 return false;
304 }
305
306 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
307 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
308 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
309 function is very fast. */
310
311 static void
312 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
313 lang_input_statement_type *file,
314 asection *s,
315 struct wildcard_list *sec,
316 callback_t callback,
317 void *data)
318 {
319 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
320 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
321 return;
322
323 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, file, data);
324 }
325
326 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
327 but slowly. */
328
329 static void
330 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
331 lang_input_statement_type *file,
332 callback_t callback,
333 void *data)
334 {
335 asection *s;
336 struct wildcard_list *sec;
337
338 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
339 {
340 sec = ptr->section_list;
341 if (sec == NULL)
342 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, file, data);
343
344 while (sec != NULL)
345 {
346 bool skip = false;
347
348 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
349 {
350 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
351
352 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
353 }
354
355 if (!skip)
356 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
357
358 sec = sec->next;
359 }
360 }
361 }
362
363 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
364 than one section with that name, we report that. */
365
366 typedef struct
367 {
368 asection *found_section;
369 bool multiple_sections_found;
370 } section_iterator_callback_data;
371
372 static bool
373 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
374 {
375 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
376
377 if (d->found_section != NULL)
378 {
379 d->multiple_sections_found = true;
380 return true;
381 }
382
383 d->found_section = s;
384 return false;
385 }
386
387 static asection *
388 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
389 struct wildcard_list *sec,
390 bool *multiple_sections_found)
391 {
392 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, false };
393
394 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
395 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
396 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
397 return cb_data.found_section;
398 }
399
400 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
401 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
402
403 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
404 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
405
406 static bool
407 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
408 {
409 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
410 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
411 }
412
413 static bool
414 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
415 {
416 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
417 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
418 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
419 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
420 return false;
421
422 pattern += 4;
423 name += 4;
424 while (*pattern != '*')
425 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
426 return false;
427
428 return true;
429 }
430
431 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
432 section name NAME. */
433
434 static int
435 get_init_priority (const asection *sec)
436 {
437 const char *name = bfd_section_name (sec);
438 const char *dot;
439
440 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
441 attribute with numerical values 101 to 65535 inclusive. A
442 lower value means a higher priority.
443
444 1: .init_array.NNNNN/.fini_array.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is the
445 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
446 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
447 .fini_array is backward.
448 2: .ctors.NNNNN/.dtors.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is 65535 minus the
449 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
450 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
451 is forward.
452
453 .init_array.NNNNN sections would normally be placed in an output
454 .init_array section, .fini_array.NNNNN in .fini_array,
455 .ctors.NNNNN in .ctors, and .dtors.NNNNN in .dtors. This means
456 we should sort by increasing number (and could just use
457 SORT_BY_NAME in scripts). However if .ctors.NNNNN sections are
458 being placed in .init_array (which may also contain
459 .init_array.NNNNN sections) or .dtors.NNNNN sections are being
460 placed in .fini_array then we need to extract the init_priority
461 attribute and sort on that. */
462 dot = strrchr (name, '.');
463 if (dot != NULL && ISDIGIT (dot[1]))
464 {
465 char *end;
466 unsigned long init_priority = strtoul (dot + 1, &end, 10);
467 if (*end == 0)
468 {
469 if (dot == name + 6
470 && (strncmp (name, ".ctors", 6) == 0
471 || strncmp (name, ".dtors", 6) == 0))
472 init_priority = 65535 - init_priority;
473 if (init_priority <= INT_MAX)
474 return init_priority;
475 }
476 }
477 return -1;
478 }
479
480 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
481
482 static int
483 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
484 {
485 int ret;
486 int a_priority, b_priority;
487
488 switch (sort)
489 {
490 default:
491 abort ();
492
493 case by_init_priority:
494 a_priority = get_init_priority (asec);
495 b_priority = get_init_priority (bsec);
496 if (a_priority < 0 || b_priority < 0)
497 goto sort_by_name;
498 ret = a_priority - b_priority;
499 if (ret)
500 break;
501 else
502 goto sort_by_name;
503
504 case by_alignment_name:
505 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
506 if (ret)
507 break;
508 /* Fall through. */
509
510 case by_name:
511 sort_by_name:
512 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
513 break;
514
515 case by_name_alignment:
516 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
517 if (ret)
518 break;
519 /* Fall through. */
520
521 case by_alignment:
522 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
523 break;
524 }
525
526 return ret;
527 }
528
529 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
530 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
531 of sections are large. */
532
533 static lang_section_bst_type **
534 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
535 struct wildcard_list *sec,
536 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 asection *section)
538 {
539 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
540
541 tree = &wild->tree;
542 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
543 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
544 {
545 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
546 while (*tree)
547 tree = &((*tree)->right);
548 return tree;
549 }
550
551 while (*tree)
552 {
553 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
554 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
555 tree = &((*tree)->left);
556 else
557 tree = &((*tree)->right);
558 }
559
560 return tree;
561 }
562
563 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
564
565 static void
566 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 struct wildcard_list *sec,
568 asection *section,
569 lang_input_statement_type *file,
570 void *output)
571 {
572 lang_section_bst_type *node;
573 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
574 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
575
576 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
577
578 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
579 return;
580
581 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
582 node->left = 0;
583 node->right = 0;
584 node->section = section;
585 node->pattern = ptr->section_list;
586
587 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
588 if (tree != NULL)
589 *tree = node;
590 }
591
592 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
593
594 static void
595 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
596 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
597 void *output)
598 {
599 if (tree->left)
600 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
601
602 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, tree->pattern, NULL,
603 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
604
605 if (tree->right)
606 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
607
608 free (tree);
609 }
610
611 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
612 wildcards */
613
614 static void
615 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
616 lang_input_statement_type *file,
617 callback_t callback,
618 void *data)
619 {
620 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
621 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
622 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
623 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
624 get processed in the bfd's order. */
625 bool multiple_sections_found;
626 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
627 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
628
629 if (multiple_sections_found)
630 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
631 else if (s0)
632 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
633 }
634
635 static void
636 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
637 lang_input_statement_type *file,
638 callback_t callback,
639 void *data)
640 {
641 asection *s;
642 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
643
644 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
645 {
646 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
647 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
648
649 if (!skip)
650 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
651 }
652 }
653
654 static void
655 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
656 lang_input_statement_type *file,
657 callback_t callback,
658 void *data)
659 {
660 asection *s;
661 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
662 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
663 bool multiple_sections_found;
664 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
665
666 if (multiple_sections_found)
667 {
668 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
669 return;
670 }
671
672 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
673 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
674 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
675 {
676 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
677 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
678 wildspec1. */
679 if (s == s0)
680 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
681 else
682 {
683 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
684 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
685
686 if (!skip)
687 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
688 data);
689 }
690 }
691 }
692
693 static void
694 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
695 lang_input_statement_type *file,
696 callback_t callback,
697 void *data)
698 {
699 asection *s;
700 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
701 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
702 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
703 bool multiple_sections_found;
704 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
705
706 if (multiple_sections_found)
707 {
708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709 return;
710 }
711
712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713 {
714 if (s == s0)
715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716 else
717 {
718 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
719 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
720
721 if (!skip)
722 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
723 else
724 {
725 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
726 if (!skip)
727 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
728 data);
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733
734 static void
735 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
736 lang_input_statement_type *file,
737 callback_t callback,
738 void *data)
739 {
740 asection *s;
741 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
742 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
743 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
744 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
745 bool multiple_sections_found;
746 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
747
748 if (multiple_sections_found)
749 {
750 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
751 return;
752 }
753
754 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
755 if (multiple_sections_found)
756 {
757 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
758 return;
759 }
760
761 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
762 {
763 if (s == s0)
764 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
765 else
766 if (s == s1)
767 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
768 else
769 {
770 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
771 bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
772
773 if (!skip)
774 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
775 data);
776 else
777 {
778 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
779 if (!skip)
780 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
781 callback, data);
782 }
783 }
784 }
785 }
786
787 static void
788 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
789 lang_input_statement_type *file,
790 callback_t callback,
791 void *data)
792 {
793 if (file->flags.just_syms)
794 return;
795
796 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
797 }
798
799 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
800 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
801 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
802 first wildcard character. */
803
804 static bool
805 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
806 {
807 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
808 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
809 size_t min_prefix_len;
810
811 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
812 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
813 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
814 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
815 prefix1_len++;
816 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
817 prefix2_len++;
818
819 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
820
821 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
822 }
823
824 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
825 statements. */
826
827 static void
828 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
829 {
830 int sec_count = 0;
831 int wild_name_count = 0;
832 struct wildcard_list *sec;
833 int signature;
834 int data_counter;
835
836 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
837 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
838 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
839 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
840 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
841 ptr->tree = NULL;
842
843 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
844 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
845 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
846 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
847 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
848 ending in a single '*'. */
849 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
850 {
851 ++sec_count;
852 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
853 return;
854 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
855 {
856 ++wild_name_count;
857 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
858 return;
859 }
860 }
861
862 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
863 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
864 happen in practice. */
865 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
866 return;
867
868 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
869 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
870 {
871 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
872 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
873 {
874 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
875 return;
876 }
877 }
878
879 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
880 switch (signature)
881 {
882 case 0x0100:
883 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
884 break;
885 case 0x0101:
886 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
887 break;
888 case 0x0201:
889 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
890 break;
891 case 0x0302:
892 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
893 break;
894 case 0x0402:
895 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
896 break;
897 default:
898 return;
899 }
900
901 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
902 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
903 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
904 given order, because we've already determined that no section
905 will match more than one spec. */
906 data_counter = 0;
907 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
908 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
909 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
910 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
911 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
912 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
913 }
914
915 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
916
917 static void
918 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
919 lang_input_statement_type *f,
920 callback_t callback,
921 void *data)
922 {
923 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
924 return;
925
926 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
927 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
928 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
929 else
930 {
931 bfd *member;
932
933 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
934 archive separately. */
935 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
936 while (member != NULL)
937 {
938 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
939 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
940 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
941 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
942 lang_input_statement. */
943 if (bfd_usrdata (member) != NULL)
944 walk_wild_section (s, bfd_usrdata (member), callback, data);
945
946 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
947 }
948 }
949 }
950
951 static void
952 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
953 {
954 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
955 char *p;
956
957 if (file_spec == NULL)
958 {
959 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
960 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
961 {
962 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
963 }
964 }
965 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
966 {
967 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
968 {
969 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
970 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
971 }
972 }
973 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
974 {
975 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
976 {
977 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
978 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
979 }
980 }
981 else
982 {
983 lang_input_statement_type *f;
984
985 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
986 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
987 if (f)
988 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
989 }
990 }
991
992 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
993 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
994 with constraint set to -1. */
995
996 void
997 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
998 lang_statement_union_type *s)
999 {
1000 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
1001 {
1002 func (s);
1003
1004 switch (s->header.type)
1005 {
1006 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1007 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
1008 break;
1009 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1010 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
1011 lang_for_each_statement_worker
1012 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
1013 break;
1014 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1015 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1016 s->wild_statement.children.head);
1017 break;
1018 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1019 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1020 s->group_statement.children.head);
1021 break;
1022 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1023 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1024 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1025 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1026 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1027 case lang_input_section_enum:
1028 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1029 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1030 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1031 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1032 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1033 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1034 break;
1035 default:
1036 FAIL ();
1037 break;
1038 }
1039 }
1040 }
1041
1042 void
1043 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1044 {
1045 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1046 }
1047
1048 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1049
1050 void
1051 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1052 {
1053 list->head = NULL;
1054 list->tail = &list->head;
1055 }
1056
1057 static void
1058 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
1059 void *element,
1060 void *field)
1061 {
1062 *(list->tail) = element;
1063 list->tail = field;
1064 }
1065
1066 void
1067 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1068 {
1069 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1070 abort ();
1071 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1072 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1073 }
1074
1075 void
1076 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1077 {
1078 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1079 abort ();
1080 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1081 }
1082
1083 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1084
1085 static lang_statement_union_type *
1086 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1087 size_t size,
1088 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1089 {
1090 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1091
1092 new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
1093 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1094 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1095 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1096 return new_stmt;
1097 }
1098
1099 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1100 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1101 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1102
1103 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1104 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1105 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1106 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1107
1108 static lang_input_statement_type *
1109 new_afile (const char *name,
1110 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1111 const char *target,
1112 const char *from_filename)
1113 {
1114 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1115
1116 lang_has_input_file = true;
1117
1118 p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1119 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1120 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1121 p->extra_search_path = NULL;
1122 p->target = target;
1123 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1124 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1125 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1126 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1127 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1128
1129 switch (file_type)
1130 {
1131 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1132 p->filename = name;
1133 p->local_sym_name = name;
1134 p->flags.real = true;
1135 p->flags.just_syms = true;
1136 break;
1137 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1138 p->filename = name;
1139 p->local_sym_name = name;
1140 break;
1141 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1142 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1143 {
1144 p->filename = name + 1;
1145 p->flags.full_name_provided = true;
1146 }
1147 else
1148 p->filename = name;
1149 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1150 p->flags.maybe_archive = true;
1151 p->flags.real = true;
1152 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1153 break;
1154 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1155 p->filename = name;
1156 p->local_sym_name = name;
1157 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1158 break;
1159 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1160 p->filename = name;
1161 p->local_sym_name = name;
1162 /* If name is a relative path, search the directory of the current linker
1163 script first. */
1164 if (from_filename && !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name))
1165 p->extra_search_path = ldirname (from_filename);
1166 p->flags.real = true;
1167 p->flags.search_dirs = true;
1168 break;
1169 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1170 p->filename = name;
1171 p->local_sym_name = name;
1172 p->flags.real = true;
1173 break;
1174 default:
1175 FAIL ();
1176 }
1177
1178 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
1179 return p;
1180 }
1181
1182 lang_input_statement_type *
1183 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1184 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1185 const char *target)
1186 {
1187 if (name != NULL
1188 && (*name == '=' || startswith (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1189 {
1190 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1191 char *sysrooted_name
1192 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1193 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1194 (const char *) NULL);
1195
1196 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1197 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1198 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1199 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1200 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1201 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1202 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1203 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1204 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1205 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, NULL);
1206 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1207 return ret;
1208 }
1209
1210 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, current_input_file);
1211 }
1212
1213 struct out_section_hash_entry
1214 {
1215 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1216 lang_statement_union_type s;
1217 };
1218
1219 /* The hash table. */
1220
1221 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1222
1223 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1224 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1225
1226 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1227 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1228 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1229 const char *string)
1230 {
1231 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1232 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1233
1234 if (entry == NULL)
1235 {
1236 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1237 sizeof (*ret));
1238 if (entry == NULL)
1239 return entry;
1240 }
1241
1242 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1243 if (entry == NULL)
1244 return entry;
1245
1246 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1247 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1248 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1249 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1250 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1251 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1252 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1253 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1254
1255 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1256 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1257 field of the last element of the list. */
1258 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1259 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1260 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1261 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1262 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1263
1264 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1265 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1266 instead. */
1267 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1268 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
1269 return &ret->root;
1270 }
1271
1272 static void
1273 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1274 {
1275 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1276 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1277 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1278 61))
1279 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1280 }
1281
1282 static void
1283 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1284 {
1285 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1286 }
1287
1288 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1289
1290 void
1291 lang_init (void)
1292 {
1293 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1294
1295 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1296
1297 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1298
1299 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1300
1301 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1302 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1303 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1304 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1305 NULL);
1306 abs_output_section =
1307 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, 1);
1308
1309 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1310
1311 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1312 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1313 }
1314
1315 void
1316 lang_finish (void)
1317 {
1318 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1319 }
1320
1321 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1322 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1323 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1324 syntax.
1325
1326 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1327
1328 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1329 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1330
1331 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1332 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1333 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1334 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1335 and so we issue a warning.
1336
1337 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1338 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1339 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1340 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1341 region. */
1342
1343 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1344 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1345 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1346
1347 lang_memory_region_type *
1348 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bool create)
1349 {
1350 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1351 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1352 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1353
1354 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1355 if (name == NULL)
1356 return NULL;
1357
1358 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1359 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1360 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1361 {
1362 if (create)
1363 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1364 NULL, name);
1365 return r;
1366 }
1367
1368 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1369 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1370 NULL, name);
1371
1372 new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1373
1374 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1375 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1376 new_region->next = NULL;
1377 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1378 new_region->origin = 0;
1379 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1380 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1381 new_region->current = 0;
1382 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1383 new_region->flags = 0;
1384 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1385 new_region->had_full_message = false;
1386
1387 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1388 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1389
1390 return new_region;
1391 }
1392
1393 void
1394 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1395 {
1396 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1397 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1398 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1399
1400 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1401 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1402 the default memory region. */
1403 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1404 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1405 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1406
1407 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1408 in use. */
1409 region = NULL;
1410 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1411 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1412 {
1413 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1414 region = r;
1415 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1416 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1417 "alias `%s'\n"),
1418 NULL, alias);
1419 }
1420
1421 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1422 if (region == NULL)
1423 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1424 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1425 NULL, region_name, alias);
1426
1427 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1428 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1429 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1430 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1431 region->name_list.next = n;
1432 }
1433
1434 static lang_memory_region_type *
1435 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1436 {
1437 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1438
1439 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1440
1441 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1442 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1443 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1444
1445 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1446 {
1447 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1448 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1449 {
1450 return p;
1451 }
1452 }
1453 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, false);
1454 }
1455
1456 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1457
1458 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1459 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1460 {
1461 return bfd_section_userdata (output_section);
1462 }
1463
1464 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1465 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1466 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE is 0 return NULL when
1467 no match exists. If CREATE is 1, create an output_section_statement
1468 when no match exists or if CONSTRAINT is SPECIAL. If CREATE is 2,
1469 always make a new output_section_statement. */
1470
1471 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1472 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1473 int constraint,
1474 int create)
1475 {
1476 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1477
1478 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1479 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1480 create != 0, false));
1481 if (entry == NULL)
1482 {
1483 if (create)
1484 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1485 return NULL;
1486 }
1487
1488 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1489 {
1490 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1491 constraint. */
1492 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1493
1494 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1495 do
1496 {
1497 if (create != 2
1498 && !(create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1499 && (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1500 || (constraint == 0
1501 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0)))
1502 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1503 last_ent = entry;
1504 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1505 }
1506 while (entry != NULL
1507 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1508
1509 if (!create)
1510 return NULL;
1511
1512 entry
1513 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1514 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1515 &output_section_statement_table,
1516 name));
1517 if (entry == NULL)
1518 {
1519 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1520 return NULL;
1521 }
1522 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1523 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1524 }
1525
1526 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1527 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1528 entry->s.output_section_statement.dup_output = (create == 2
1529 || constraint == SPECIAL);
1530 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1531 }
1532
1533 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1534 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1535 match any non-negative constraint. */
1536
1537 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1538 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1539 int constraint)
1540 {
1541 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1542 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1543 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1544 ((char *) os
1545 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1546 const char *name = os->name;
1547
1548 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1549 do
1550 {
1551 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1552 if (entry == NULL
1553 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1554 return NULL;
1555 }
1556 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1557 && (constraint != 0
1558 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1559
1560 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1561 }
1562
1563 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1564 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1565 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1566 sets *EXACT too. */
1567
1568 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1569 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1570 flagword sec_flags,
1571 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1572 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1573 {
1574 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1575 flagword look_flags, differ;
1576
1577 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1578 skip it. */
1579 first = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1580 first = first->next;
1581
1582 /* First try for an exact match. */
1583 found = NULL;
1584 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1585 {
1586 look_flags = look->flags;
1587 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1588 {
1589 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1590 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1591 look->bfd_section,
1592 sec->owner, sec))
1593 continue;
1594 }
1595 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1596 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1597 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1598 found = look;
1599 }
1600 if (found != NULL)
1601 {
1602 if (exact != NULL)
1603 *exact = found;
1604 return found;
1605 }
1606
1607 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1608 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1609 {
1610 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1611 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1612 {
1613 look_flags = look->flags;
1614 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1615 {
1616 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1617 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1618 look->bfd_section,
1619 sec->owner, sec))
1620 continue;
1621 }
1622 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1623 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1624 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1625 found = look;
1626 }
1627 }
1628 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1629 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1630 {
1631 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1632 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1633 {
1634 look_flags = look->flags;
1635 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1636 {
1637 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1638 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1639 look->bfd_section,
1640 sec->owner, sec))
1641 continue;
1642 }
1643 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1644 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1645 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1646 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1647 | SEC_READONLY))
1648 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1649 found = look;
1650 }
1651 }
1652 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1653 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1654 {
1655 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1656 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1657 bool seen_thread_local = false;
1658
1659 match_type = NULL;
1660 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1661 {
1662 look_flags = look->flags;
1663 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1664 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1665
1666 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1667 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1668 {
1669 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1670 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1671 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1672 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1673 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1674 previous section. */
1675 break;
1676 found = look;
1677 seen_thread_local = true;
1678 }
1679 else if (seen_thread_local)
1680 break;
1681 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1682 found = look;
1683 }
1684 }
1685 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1686 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1687 {
1688 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1689 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1690 {
1691 look_flags = look->flags;
1692 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1693 {
1694 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1695 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1696 look->bfd_section,
1697 sec->owner, sec))
1698 continue;
1699 }
1700 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1701 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1702 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1703 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1704 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1705 found = look;
1706 }
1707 }
1708 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1709 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1710 {
1711 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1712 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1713 {
1714 look_flags = look->flags;
1715 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1716 {
1717 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1718 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1719 look->bfd_section,
1720 sec->owner, sec))
1721 continue;
1722 }
1723 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1724 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1725 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1726 found = look;
1727 }
1728 }
1729 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1730 {
1731 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1732 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1733 {
1734 look_flags = look->flags;
1735 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1736 {
1737 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1738 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1739 look->bfd_section,
1740 sec->owner, sec))
1741 continue;
1742 }
1743 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1744 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1745 found = look;
1746 }
1747 }
1748 else
1749 {
1750 /* non-alloc go last. */
1751 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1752 {
1753 look_flags = look->flags;
1754 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1755 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1756 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1757 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1758 found = look;
1759 }
1760 return found;
1761 }
1762
1763 if (found || !match_type)
1764 return found;
1765
1766 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1767 }
1768
1769 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1770 Used by place_orphan. */
1771
1772 static asection *
1773 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1774 {
1775 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1776
1777 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1778 {
1779 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1780 continue;
1781
1782 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1783 return lookup->bfd_section;
1784 }
1785
1786 return NULL;
1787 }
1788
1789 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1790 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1791 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1792 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1793 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1794 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1795 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1796 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1797 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1798 image symbols. */
1799
1800 static lang_statement_union_type **
1801 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1802 {
1803 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1804 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1805 bool ignore_first;
1806
1807 ignore_first = after == (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1808
1809 for (where = &after->header.next;
1810 *where != NULL;
1811 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1812 {
1813 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1814 {
1815 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1816 if (assign == NULL)
1817 {
1818 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1819
1820 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1821 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1822 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1823 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1824 {
1825 if (!ignore_first)
1826 assign = where;
1827 ignore_first = false;
1828 }
1829 }
1830 continue;
1831 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1832 case lang_input_section_enum:
1833 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1834 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1835 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1836 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1837 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1838 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1839 assign = NULL;
1840 ignore_first = false;
1841 continue;
1842 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1843 if (assign != NULL)
1844 {
1845 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1846
1847 if (s == NULL
1848 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1849 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1850 where = assign;
1851 }
1852 break;
1853 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1854 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1855 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1856 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1857 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1858 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1859 continue;
1860 }
1861 break;
1862 }
1863
1864 return where;
1865 }
1866
1867 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1868 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1869 const char *secname,
1870 int constraint,
1871 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1872 struct orphan_save *place,
1873 etree_type *address,
1874 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1875 {
1876 lang_statement_list_type add;
1877 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1878 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1879
1880 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1881 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1882 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1883 if (after != NULL)
1884 {
1885 lang_list_init (&add);
1886 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1887 }
1888
1889 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1890 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1891 address = exp_intop (0);
1892
1893 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1894 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (
1895 secname, address, normal_section, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1896
1897 if (add_child == NULL)
1898 add_child = &os->children;
1899 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, NULL, os);
1900
1901 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1902 {
1903 const char *region = (after->region
1904 ? after->region->name_list.name
1905 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1906 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1907 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1908 : NULL);
1909 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1910 lma_region);
1911 }
1912 else
1913 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1914 NULL);
1915
1916 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1917 if (after != NULL)
1918 pop_stat_ptr ();
1919
1920 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1921 {
1922 asection *snew, *as;
1923 bool place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1924 bool insert_after = true;
1925
1926 snew = os->bfd_section;
1927
1928 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1929 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1930 if (place->section == NULL
1931 && after != (void *) lang_os_list.head)
1932 {
1933 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1934
1935 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1936 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1937 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1938 output section. */
1939 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1940 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1941
1942 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1943 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1944 }
1945
1946 if (place->section == NULL)
1947 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1948
1949 as = *place->section;
1950
1951 if (!as)
1952 {
1953 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1954
1955 /* Unlink the section. */
1956 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1957
1958 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1959 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1960 }
1961 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1962 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1963 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1964 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1965 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1966 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1967 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1968 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1969 {
1970 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1971 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1972 section after a note section, */
1973 asection *sec;
1974 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1975 should be placed. */
1976 asection *after_sec;
1977 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1978 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1979 bool after_sec_note = false;
1980
1981 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1982
1983 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1984 ascending order. */
1985 after_sec = NULL;
1986 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1987 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1988 {
1989 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1990 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1991 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1992
1993 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1994 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1995 (sec != NULL
1996 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1997 sec = sec->next)
1998 if (sec != snew
1999 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2000 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2001 {
2002 if (!first_orphan_note)
2003 first_orphan_note = sec;
2004 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
2005 after_sec = sec;
2006 }
2007 else if (first_orphan_note)
2008 {
2009 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
2010 orphan note section. */
2011 break;
2012 }
2013
2014 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
2015 be placed at the default location. */
2016 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
2017 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
2018 {
2019 /* If all output note sections have smaller
2020 alignments, place the section before all
2021 output orphan note sections. */
2022 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
2023 insert_after = false;
2024 }
2025 }
2026 else if (first_orphan_note)
2027 {
2028 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2029 note sections. */
2030 after_sec_note = true;
2031 after_sec = as;
2032 for (sec = as->next;
2033 (sec != NULL
2034 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2035 sec = sec->next)
2036 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2037 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2038 after_sec = sec;
2039 }
2040
2041 if (after_sec_note)
2042 {
2043 if (after_sec)
2044 {
2045 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2046 statement. */
2047 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2048 bool found = false;
2049 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2050 {
2051 next = stmt->next;
2052 if (insert_after)
2053 {
2054 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2055 {
2056 place_after = true;
2057 found = true;
2058 after = stmt;
2059 break;
2060 }
2061 }
2062 else
2063 {
2064 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2065 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2066 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2067 {
2068 place_after = true;
2069 found = true;
2070 after = stmt;
2071 break;
2072 }
2073 }
2074 }
2075
2076 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2077 statement. */
2078 if (!found)
2079 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2080 {
2081 if (insert_after)
2082 {
2083 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2084 {
2085 place_after = true;
2086 after = stmt;
2087 break;
2088 }
2089 }
2090 else
2091 {
2092 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2093 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2094 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2095 {
2096 place_after = true;
2097 after = stmt;
2098 break;
2099 }
2100 }
2101 }
2102 }
2103
2104 if (after_sec == NULL
2105 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2106 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2107 {
2108 /* Unlink the section. */
2109 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2110
2111 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2112 prepend SNEW. */
2113 if (after_sec)
2114 {
2115 if (insert_after)
2116 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2117 after_sec, snew);
2118 else
2119 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2120 after_sec, snew);
2121 }
2122 else
2123 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2124 }
2125 }
2126 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2127 {
2128 /* Unlink the section. */
2129 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2130
2131 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2132 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2133 as, snew);
2134 }
2135 }
2136 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2137 {
2138 /* Unlink the section. */
2139 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2140
2141 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2142 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2143 }
2144
2145 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2146 follow the one we've just added. */
2147 place->section = &snew->next;
2148
2149 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2150 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2151 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2152 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2153 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2154 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2155 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2156 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2157 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2158 if (add.head != NULL)
2159 {
2160 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2161
2162 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2163 if (place_after)
2164 {
2165 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2166
2167 *add.tail = *where;
2168 *where = add.head;
2169
2170 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2171 }
2172 else
2173 {
2174 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2175 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2176 *place->stmt = add.head;
2177 }
2178
2179 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2180 new list at the tail. */
2181 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2182 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2183
2184 /* Save the end of this list. */
2185 place->stmt = add.tail;
2186
2187 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2188 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2189 *os_tail = NULL;
2190 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2191 ((char *) place->os_tail
2192 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2193 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2194 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2195 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2196 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2197 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2198
2199 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2200 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2201 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2202 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2203 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2204 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2205 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2206 }
2207 }
2208 return os;
2209 }
2210
2211 static void
2212 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2213 {
2214 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2215
2216 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2217 return;
2218
2219 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2220
2221 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2222 {
2223 size_t len;
2224
2225 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2226 len = strlen (m->soname);
2227
2228 if (len >= 29)
2229 {
2230 print_nl ();
2231 len = 0;
2232 }
2233 while (len < 30)
2234 {
2235 print_space ();
2236 ++len;
2237 }
2238
2239 if (m->ref != NULL)
2240 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2241 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2242 }
2243 }
2244
2245 static void
2246 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2247 {
2248 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2249 minfo ("a");
2250
2251 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2252 minfo ("x");
2253
2254 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2255 minfo ("r");
2256
2257 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2258 minfo ("w");
2259
2260 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2261 minfo ("l");
2262 }
2263
2264 void
2265 lang_map (void)
2266 {
2267 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2268 bool dis_header_printed = false;
2269
2270 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2271 {
2272 asection *s;
2273
2274 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2275 || file->flags.just_syms)
2276 continue;
2277
2278 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2279 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2280 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2281 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2282 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2283 {
2284 if (! dis_header_printed)
2285 {
2286 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2287 dis_header_printed = true;
2288 }
2289
2290 print_input_section (s, true);
2291 }
2292 }
2293
2294 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2295 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2296 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2297
2298 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2299 {
2300 char buf[100];
2301 int len;
2302
2303 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2304
2305 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2306 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2307 len = strlen (buf);
2308 while (len < 16)
2309 {
2310 print_space ();
2311 ++len;
2312 }
2313
2314 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2315 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2316 {
2317 #ifndef BFD64
2318 minfo (" ");
2319 #endif
2320 if (m->flags)
2321 {
2322 print_space ();
2323 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2324 }
2325
2326 if (m->not_flags)
2327 {
2328 minfo (" !");
2329 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2330 }
2331 }
2332
2333 print_nl ();
2334 }
2335
2336 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2337
2338 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2339 {
2340 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2341 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2342 }
2343 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2344 lang_statement_iteration++;
2345 print_statements ();
2346
2347 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2348 config.map_file);
2349 }
2350
2351 static bool
2352 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2353 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2354 {
2355 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2356 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2357 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2358 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2359 {
2360 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2361 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2362
2363 ud = bfd_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2364 if (!ud)
2365 {
2366 ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2367 bfd_set_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section, ud);
2368 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2369 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2370 }
2371 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2372 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2373
2374 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2375 def->entry = hash_entry;
2376 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2377 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2378 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2379 }
2380 return true;
2381 }
2382
2383 /* Initialize an output section. */
2384
2385 static void
2386 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2387 {
2388 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2389 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2390
2391 if (!s->dup_output)
2392 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2393 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2394 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2395 s->name, flags);
2396 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2397 {
2398 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2399 " called %s: %E\n"),
2400 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2401 }
2402 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2403 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2404
2405 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2406 statement to avoid lookup. */
2407 bfd_set_section_userdata (s->bfd_section, s);
2408
2409 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2410 mention are initialized. */
2411 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2412 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2413
2414 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2415 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2416
2417 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2418 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2419 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2420 "section alignment");
2421 }
2422
2423 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2424 initialized. */
2425
2426 static void
2427 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2428 {
2429 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2430 {
2431 case etree_assign:
2432 case etree_provide:
2433 case etree_provided:
2434 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2435 break;
2436
2437 case etree_binary:
2438 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2439 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2440 break;
2441
2442 case etree_trinary:
2443 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2444 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2445 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2446 break;
2447
2448 case etree_assert:
2449 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2450 break;
2451
2452 case etree_unary:
2453 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2454 break;
2455
2456 case etree_name:
2457 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2458 {
2459 case ADDR:
2460 case LOADADDR:
2461 case SIZEOF:
2462 {
2463 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2464
2465 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2466 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2467 init_os (os, 0);
2468 }
2469 }
2470 break;
2471
2472 default:
2473 break;
2474 }
2475 }
2476 \f
2477 static void
2478 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2479 {
2480 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2481
2482 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2483 discard all sections. */
2484 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2485 {
2486 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2487 return;
2488 }
2489
2490 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2491 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2492 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2493 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2494 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2495
2496 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2497 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2498 }
2499 \f
2500
2501 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2502 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2503
2504 static bool
2505 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2506 {
2507 bool discard;
2508 flagword flags = section->flags;
2509
2510 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2511 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2512
2513 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2514 sections from within the group. */
2515 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2516 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2517 discard = true;
2518
2519 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2520 information. */
2521 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2522 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2523 discard = true;
2524
2525 return discard;
2526 }
2527
2528 /* The wild routines.
2529
2530 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2531 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2532 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2533
2534 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2535 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2536
2537 void
2538 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2539 asection *section,
2540 struct wildcard_list *pattern,
2541 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2542 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2543 {
2544 flagword flags = section->flags;
2545
2546 bool discard;
2547 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2548 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2549
2550 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2551 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2552
2553 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2554 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2555 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2556 discard = true;
2557
2558 if (discard)
2559 {
2560 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2561 {
2562 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2563 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2564 }
2565 else if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings)
2566 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions makes "
2567 "section `%pA' from '%pB' match /DISCARD/ clause.\n"),
2568 NULL, section, section->owner);
2569
2570 return;
2571 }
2572
2573 if (sflag_info)
2574 {
2575 bool keep;
2576
2577 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2578 if (!keep)
2579 return;
2580 }
2581
2582 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2583 {
2584 if (!link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
2585 return;
2586
2587 /* SECTION has already been handled in a special way
2588 (eg. LINK_ONCE): skip it. */
2589 if (bfd_is_abs_section (section->output_section))
2590 return;
2591
2592 /* Already assigned to the same output section, do not process
2593 it again, to avoid creating loops between duplicate sections
2594 later. */
2595 if (section->output_section == output->bfd_section)
2596 return;
2597
2598 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings && output->bfd_section)
2599 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions may "
2600 "change behaviour for section `%pA' from '%pB' (assigned to "
2601 "%pA, but additional match: %pA)\n"),
2602 NULL, section, section->owner, section->output_section,
2603 output->bfd_section);
2604
2605 /* SECTION has already been assigned to an output section, but
2606 the user allows it to be mapped to another one in case it
2607 overflows. We'll later update the actual output section in
2608 size_input_section as appropriate. */
2609 }
2610
2611 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2612 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2613 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2614 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2615 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2616 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2617 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2618
2619 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2620 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2621 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2622 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2623 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2624 {
2625 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2626 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2627 else
2628 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2629 }
2630 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2631 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2632
2633 switch (output->sectype)
2634 {
2635 case normal_section:
2636 case overlay_section:
2637 case first_overlay_section:
2638 case type_section:
2639 break;
2640 case noalloc_section:
2641 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2642 break;
2643 case typed_readonly_section:
2644 case readonly_section:
2645 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2646 break;
2647 case noload_section:
2648 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2649 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2650 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2651 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2652 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2653 section. */
2654 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2655 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2656 else
2657 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2658 break;
2659 }
2660
2661 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2662 init_os (output, flags);
2663
2664 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2665 it from the output section. */
2666 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2667
2668 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2669 {
2670 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2671 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2672
2673 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2674 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2675 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2676 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2677 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2678 {
2679 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2680 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2681 }
2682 }
2683 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2684
2685 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2686 {
2687 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2688 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2689 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2690 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2691 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2692 link_info.output_bfd,
2693 output->bfd_section,
2694 &link_info);
2695 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2696 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2697 }
2698
2699 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2700 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2701 {
2702 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2703 output->block_value = 128;
2704 }
2705
2706 /* When a .ctors section is placed in .init_array it must be copied
2707 in reverse order. Similarly for .dtors. Set that up. */
2708 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
2709 && ((startswith (section->name, ".ctors")
2710 && strcmp (output->bfd_section->name, ".init_array") == 0)
2711 || (startswith (section->name, ".dtors")
2712 && strcmp (output->bfd_section->name, ".fini_array") == 0))
2713 && (section->name[6] == 0 || section->name[6] == '.'))
2714 section->flags |= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY;
2715
2716 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2717 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2718
2719 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2720
2721 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2722 {
2723 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2724 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2725 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2726 section->map_tail.s = s;
2727 if (s != NULL)
2728 s->map_head.s = section;
2729 else
2730 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2731 }
2732
2733 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2734 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2735 new_section->section = section;
2736 new_section->pattern = pattern;
2737 }
2738
2739 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2740 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2741 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2742 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2743
2744 static lang_statement_union_type *
2745 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2746 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2747 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2748 asection *section)
2749 {
2750 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2751
2752 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2753 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2754 return NULL;
2755
2756 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2757 {
2758 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2759
2760 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2761 continue;
2762 ls = &l->input_section;
2763
2764 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2765 name. */
2766
2767 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2768 {
2769 const char *fn, *ln;
2770 bool fa, la;
2771 int i;
2772
2773 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2774 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2775 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2776 archive. */
2777
2778 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2779 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2780 {
2781 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2782 fa = true;
2783 }
2784 else
2785 {
2786 fn = file->filename;
2787 fa = false;
2788 }
2789
2790 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2791 {
2792 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2793 la = true;
2794 }
2795 else
2796 {
2797 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner);
2798 la = false;
2799 }
2800
2801 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2802 if (i > 0)
2803 continue;
2804 else if (i < 0)
2805 break;
2806
2807 if (fa || la)
2808 {
2809 if (fa)
2810 fn = file->filename;
2811 if (la)
2812 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner);
2813
2814 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2815 if (i > 0)
2816 continue;
2817 else if (i < 0)
2818 break;
2819 }
2820 }
2821
2822 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2823 looking at the sections for this file. */
2824
2825 if (sec != NULL
2826 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2827 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2828 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2829 break;
2830 }
2831
2832 return l;
2833 }
2834
2835 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2836 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2837
2838 static void
2839 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2840 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2841 asection *section,
2842 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2843 void *output)
2844 {
2845 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2846 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2847
2848 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2849
2850 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2851 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2852 return;
2853
2854 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2855
2856 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2857 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2858 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2859 of the current list. */
2860
2861 if (before == NULL)
2862 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, ptr->section_list,
2863 ptr->section_flag_list, os);
2864 else
2865 {
2866 lang_statement_list_type list;
2867 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2868
2869 lang_list_init (&list);
2870 lang_add_section (&list, section, ptr->section_list,
2871 ptr->section_flag_list, os);
2872
2873 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2874 be NULL. */
2875 if (list.head != NULL)
2876 {
2877 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2878
2879 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2880 *pp != before;
2881 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2882 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2883
2884 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2885 *pp = list.head;
2886 }
2887 }
2888 }
2889
2890 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2891 are readonly. */
2892
2893 static void
2894 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2895 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2896 asection *section,
2897 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2898 void *output)
2899 {
2900 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2901
2902 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2903
2904 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2905 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2906 return;
2907
2908 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2909 os->all_input_readonly = false;
2910 }
2911
2912 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2913 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2914 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2915
2916 static lang_input_statement_type *
2917 lookup_name (const char *name)
2918 {
2919 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2920
2921 for (search = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
2922 search != NULL;
2923 search = search->next_real_file)
2924 {
2925 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2926 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2927 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2928 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2929
2930 if (filename != NULL
2931 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2932 break;
2933 }
2934
2935 if (search == NULL)
2936 {
2937 /* Arrange to splice the input statement added by new_afile into
2938 statement_list after the current input_file_chain tail.
2939 We know input_file_chain is not an empty list, and that
2940 lookup_name was called via open_input_bfds. Later calls to
2941 lookup_name should always match an existing input_statement. */
2942 lang_statement_union_type **tail = stat_ptr->tail;
2943 lang_statement_union_type **after
2944 = (void *) ((char *) input_file_chain.tail
2945 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next_real_file)
2946 + offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, header.next));
2947 lang_statement_union_type *rest = *after;
2948 stat_ptr->tail = after;
2949 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2950 default_target, NULL);
2951 *stat_ptr->tail = rest;
2952 if (*tail == NULL)
2953 stat_ptr->tail = tail;
2954 }
2955
2956 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2957 don't add this file. */
2958 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2959 return search;
2960
2961 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2962 return NULL;
2963
2964 return search;
2965 }
2966
2967 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2968
2969 struct excluded_lib
2970 {
2971 char *name;
2972 struct excluded_lib *next;
2973 };
2974 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2975
2976 void
2977 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2978 {
2979 const char *p = list, *end;
2980
2981 while (*p != '\0')
2982 {
2983 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2984 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2985 if (end == NULL)
2986 end = p + strlen (p);
2987 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2988 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2989 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2990 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2991 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2992 excluded_libs = entry;
2993 if (*end == '\0')
2994 break;
2995 p = end + 1;
2996 }
2997 }
2998
2999 static void
3000 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
3001 {
3002 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
3003
3004 while (lib)
3005 {
3006 int len = strlen (lib->name);
3007 const char *filename = lbasename (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
3008
3009 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
3010 {
3011 abfd->no_export = true;
3012 return;
3013 }
3014
3015 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
3016 && (filename[len] == '\0'
3017 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
3018 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
3019 {
3020 abfd->no_export = true;
3021 return;
3022 }
3023
3024 lib = lib->next;
3025 }
3026 }
3027
3028 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
3029
3030 bool
3031 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
3032 lang_statement_list_type *place)
3033 {
3034 char **matching;
3035
3036 if (entry->flags.loaded)
3037 return true;
3038
3039 ldfile_open_file (entry);
3040
3041 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
3042 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
3043 return true;
3044
3045 if (trace_files || verbose)
3046 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
3047
3048 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
3049 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
3050 {
3051 bfd_error_type err;
3052 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
3053 extern FILE *yyin;
3054
3055 err = bfd_get_error ();
3056
3057 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
3058 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
3059 return true;
3060
3061 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
3062 {
3063 char **p;
3064
3065 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
3066 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
3067 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
3068 einfo (" %s", *p);
3069 einfo ("%F\n");
3070 }
3071 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
3072 || place == NULL)
3073 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3074
3075 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
3076 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
3077
3078 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
3079 save_flags = input_flags;
3080 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
3081
3082 push_stat_ptr (place);
3083 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3084 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
3085 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
3086 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
3087 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
3088 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3089
3090 ldfile_assumed_script = true;
3091 parser_input = input_script;
3092 current_input_file = entry->filename;
3093 yyparse ();
3094 current_input_file = NULL;
3095 ldfile_assumed_script = false;
3096
3097 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3098 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3099 again. */
3100 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3101 input_flags = save_flags;
3102 pop_stat_ptr ();
3103 fclose (yyin);
3104 yyin = NULL;
3105 entry->flags.loaded = true;
3106
3107 return true;
3108 }
3109
3110 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3111 return true;
3112
3113 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3114 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3115 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3116 which is used. */
3117 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3118 {
3119 default:
3120 break;
3121
3122 case bfd_object:
3123 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3124 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3125 break;
3126
3127 case bfd_archive:
3128 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3129
3130 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
3131 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3132 {
3133 bfd *member = NULL;
3134 bool loaded = true;
3135
3136 for (;;)
3137 {
3138 bfd *subsbfd;
3139 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3140
3141 if (member == NULL)
3142 break;
3143
3144 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3145 {
3146 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3147 entry->the_bfd, member);
3148 loaded = false;
3149 }
3150
3151 subsbfd = member;
3152 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3153 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3154 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3155 abort ();
3156
3157 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3158 substitute BFD for us. */
3159 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3160 {
3161 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3162 loaded = false;
3163 }
3164 }
3165
3166 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3167 return loaded;
3168 }
3169 break;
3170 }
3171
3172 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3173 entry->flags.loaded = true;
3174 else
3175 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3176
3177 return entry->flags.loaded;
3178 }
3179
3180 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3181 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3182 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3183 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3184 the output section. */
3185
3186 static void
3187 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3188 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3189 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3190 {
3191 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3192
3193 if (s->handler_data[0]
3194 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3195 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3196 {
3197 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3198
3199 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3200
3201 tree = s->tree;
3202 if (tree)
3203 {
3204 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3205 s->tree = NULL;
3206 }
3207 }
3208 else
3209 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3210
3211 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3212 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3213 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3214 {
3215 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3216 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3217 default_common_section = output;
3218 break;
3219 }
3220 }
3221
3222 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3223
3224 static int
3225 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3226 {
3227 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3228
3229 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3230 }
3231
3232 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3233
3234 static void
3235 stricpy (char *dest, const char *src)
3236 {
3237 char c;
3238
3239 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3240 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3241
3242 *dest = 0;
3243 }
3244
3245 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3246 from haystack. */
3247
3248 static void
3249 strcut (char *haystack, const char *needle)
3250 {
3251 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3252
3253 if (haystack)
3254 {
3255 char *src;
3256
3257 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3258 *haystack++ = *src++;
3259
3260 *haystack = 0;
3261 }
3262 }
3263
3264 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3265 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3266
3267 static int
3268 name_compare (const char *first, const char *second)
3269 {
3270 char *copy1;
3271 char *copy2;
3272 int result;
3273
3274 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3275 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3276
3277 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3278 stricpy (copy1, first);
3279 stricpy (copy2, second);
3280
3281 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3282 strcut (copy1, "big");
3283 strcut (copy1, "little");
3284 strcut (copy2, "big");
3285 strcut (copy2, "little");
3286
3287 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3288 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3289 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3290 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3291 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3292 {
3293 result *= 10;
3294 break;
3295 }
3296
3297 free (copy1);
3298 free (copy2);
3299
3300 return result;
3301 }
3302
3303 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3304 static const bfd_target *winner;
3305
3306 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3307 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3308 match to the original output target. */
3309
3310 static int
3311 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3312 {
3313 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3314
3315 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3316 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3317 return 0;
3318
3319 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3320 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3321 return 0;
3322
3323 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3324 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3325 return 0;
3326
3327 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3328 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3329 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3330 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3331 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3332 return 0;
3333
3334 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3335 if (winner == NULL)
3336 {
3337 winner = target;
3338 return 0;
3339 }
3340
3341 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3342 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3343 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3344 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3345 winner = target;
3346
3347 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3348 return 0;
3349 }
3350
3351 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3352
3353 static const char *
3354 get_first_input_target (void)
3355 {
3356 const char *target = NULL;
3357
3358 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3359 {
3360 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3361 && s->flags.real)
3362 {
3363 ldfile_open_file (s);
3364
3365 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3366 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3367 {
3368 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3369
3370 if (target != NULL)
3371 break;
3372 }
3373 }
3374 }
3375
3376 return target;
3377 }
3378
3379 const char *
3380 lang_get_output_target (void)
3381 {
3382 const char *target;
3383
3384 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3385 if (output_target != NULL)
3386 return output_target;
3387
3388 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3389 the default? */
3390 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3391 return current_target;
3392
3393 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3394 target = get_first_input_target ();
3395 if (target != NULL)
3396 return target;
3397
3398 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3399 return default_target;
3400 }
3401
3402 /* Open the output file. */
3403
3404 static void
3405 open_output (const char *name)
3406 {
3407 lang_input_statement_type *f;
3408 char *out = lrealpath (name);
3409
3410 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
3411 f != NULL;
3412 f = f->next_real_file)
3413 if (f->flags.real)
3414 {
3415 char *in = lrealpath (f->local_sym_name);
3416 if (filename_cmp (in, out) == 0)
3417 einfo (_("%F%P: input file '%s' is the same as output file\n"),
3418 f->filename);
3419 free (in);
3420 }
3421 free (out);
3422
3423 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3424
3425 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3426 line? */
3427 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3428 {
3429 /* Get the chosen target. */
3430 const bfd_target *target
3431 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3432
3433 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3434 if (target != NULL)
3435 {
3436 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3437
3438 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3439 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3440 else
3441 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3442
3443 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3444 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3445 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3446 this. */
3447 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3448 {
3449 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3450 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3451 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3452 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3453 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3454 else
3455 {
3456 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3457 the default target, but which has the desired
3458 endian characteristic. */
3459 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3460 (void *) target);
3461
3462 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3463 satisfy our requirements. */
3464 if (winner == NULL)
3465 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3466 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3467 else
3468 output_target = winner->name;
3469 }
3470 }
3471 }
3472 }
3473
3474 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3475
3476 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3477 {
3478 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3479 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3480
3481 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3482 }
3483
3484 delete_output_file_on_failure = true;
3485
3486 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3487 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3488 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3489 ldfile_output_architecture,
3490 ldfile_output_machine))
3491 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3492
3493 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3494 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3495 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3496
3497 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3498 }
3499
3500 static void
3501 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3502 {
3503 switch (statement->header.type)
3504 {
3505 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3506 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3507 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3508 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3509 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3510 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3511 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3512 else
3513 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3514 if (config.text_read_only)
3515 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3516 else
3517 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3518 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3519 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3520 else
3521 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3522 break;
3523
3524 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3525 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3526 break;
3527 default:
3528 break;
3529 }
3530 }
3531
3532 static void
3533 init_opb (asection *s)
3534 {
3535 unsigned int x;
3536
3537 opb_shift = 0;
3538 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3539 && s != NULL
3540 && (s->flags & SEC_ELF_OCTETS) != 0)
3541 return;
3542
3543 x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3544 ldfile_output_machine);
3545 if (x > 1)
3546 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3547 {
3548 x >>= 1;
3549 ++opb_shift;
3550 }
3551 ASSERT (x == 1);
3552 }
3553
3554 /* Open all the input files. */
3555
3556 enum open_bfd_mode
3557 {
3558 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3559 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3560 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3561 };
3562 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3563 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3564 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3565 #endif
3566
3567 static void
3568 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3569 {
3570 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3571 {
3572 switch (s->header.type)
3573 {
3574 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3575 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3576 break;
3577 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3578 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3579 break;
3580 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3581 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3582 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3583 && s->wild_statement.filename
3584 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3585 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3586 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3587 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3588 break;
3589 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3590 {
3591 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3592 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3593 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3594 #endif
3595
3596 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3597 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3598 symbols. */
3599
3600 do
3601 {
3602 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3603 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3604 #endif
3605 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3606 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3607 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3608 }
3609 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3610 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3611 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3612 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3613 undefs. */
3614 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3615 #endif
3616 );
3617 }
3618 break;
3619 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3620 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3621 break;
3622 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3623 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3624 {
3625 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3626 lang_statement_list_type add;
3627 bfd *abfd;
3628
3629 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3630
3631 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3632 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3633 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3634 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3635 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3636 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3637 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3638 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3639 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3640 #endif
3641 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3642 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3643 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3644 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3645 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3646 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3647 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3648 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3649 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3650 {
3651 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = false;
3652 s->input_statement.flags.reload = true;
3653 }
3654
3655 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3656 lang_list_init (&add);
3657
3658 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3659 config.make_executable = false;
3660
3661 if (add.head != NULL)
3662 {
3663 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3664 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3665 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3666 section statement list. Very likely the user
3667 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3668 naive user expectations. */
3669 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3670 {
3671 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3672 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3673 s->input_statement.filename);
3674 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3675 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3676 }
3677 else
3678 {
3679 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3680 s->header.next = add.head;
3681 }
3682 }
3683 }
3684 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3685 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3686 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3687 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3688 plugin_insert = NULL;
3689 #endif
3690 break;
3691 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3692 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3693 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3694 break;
3695 default:
3696 break;
3697 }
3698 }
3699
3700 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3701 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3702 einfo ("%F");
3703 }
3704
3705 #ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
3706 /* Emit CTF errors and warnings. fp can be NULL to report errors/warnings
3707 that happened specifically at CTF open time. */
3708 static void
3709 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_dict_t *fp)
3710 {
3711 ctf_next_t *i = NULL;
3712 char *text;
3713 int is_warning;
3714 int err;
3715
3716 while ((text = ctf_errwarning_next (fp, &i, &is_warning, &err)) != NULL)
3717 {
3718 einfo (_("%s: %s\n"), is_warning ? _("CTF warning"): _("CTF error"),
3719 text);
3720 free (text);
3721 }
3722 if (err != ECTF_NEXT_END)
3723 {
3724 einfo (_("CTF error: cannot get CTF errors: `%s'\n"),
3725 ctf_errmsg (err));
3726 }
3727
3728 /* `err' returns errors from the error/warning iterator in particular.
3729 These never assert. But if we have an fp, that could have recorded
3730 an assertion failure: assert if it has done so. */
3731 ASSERT (!fp || ctf_errno (fp) != ECTF_INTERNAL);
3732 }
3733
3734 /* Open the CTF sections in the input files with libctf: if any were opened,
3735 create a fake input file that we'll write the merged CTF data to later
3736 on. */
3737
3738 static void
3739 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3740 {
3741 int any_ctf = 0;
3742 int err;
3743
3744 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3745 {
3746 asection *sect;
3747
3748 /* Incoming files from the compiler have a single ctf_dict_t in them
3749 (which is presented to us by the libctf API in a ctf_archive_t
3750 wrapper): files derived from a previous relocatable link have a CTF
3751 archive containing possibly many CTF files. */
3752
3753 if ((file->the_ctf = ctf_bfdopen (file->the_bfd, &err)) == NULL)
3754 {
3755 if (err != ECTF_NOCTFDATA)
3756 {
3757 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (NULL);
3758 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not loaded; "
3759 "its types will be discarded: %s\n"), file->the_bfd,
3760 ctf_errmsg (err));
3761 }
3762 continue;
3763 }
3764
3765 /* Prevent the contents of this section from being written, while
3766 requiring the section itself to be duplicated in the output, but only
3767 once. */
3768 /* This section must exist if ctf_bfdopen() succeeded. */
3769 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf");
3770 sect->size = 0;
3771 sect->flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
3772
3773 if (any_ctf)
3774 sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3775 any_ctf = 1;
3776 }
3777
3778 if (!any_ctf)
3779 {
3780 ctf_output = NULL;
3781 return;
3782 }
3783
3784 if ((ctf_output = ctf_create (&err)) != NULL)
3785 return;
3786
3787 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF output not created: `%s'\n"),
3788 ctf_errmsg (err));
3789
3790 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (errfile)
3791 ctf_close (errfile->the_ctf);
3792 }
3793
3794 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
3795 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
3796
3797 static void
3798 lang_merge_ctf (void)
3799 {
3800 asection *output_sect;
3801 int flags = 0;
3802
3803 if (!ctf_output)
3804 return;
3805
3806 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3807
3808 /* If the section was discarded, don't waste time merging. */
3809 if (output_sect == NULL)
3810 {
3811 ctf_dict_close (ctf_output);
3812 ctf_output = NULL;
3813
3814 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3815 {
3816 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3817 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3818 }
3819 return;
3820 }
3821
3822 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3823 {
3824 if (!file->the_ctf)
3825 continue;
3826
3827 /* Takes ownership of file->the_ctf. */
3828 if (ctf_link_add_ctf (ctf_output, file->the_ctf, file->filename) < 0)
3829 {
3830 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB cannot be linked: `%s'\n"),
3831 file->the_bfd, ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3832 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3833 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3834 continue;
3835 }
3836 }
3837
3838 if (!config.ctf_share_duplicated)
3839 flags = CTF_LINK_SHARE_UNCONFLICTED;
3840 else
3841 flags = CTF_LINK_SHARE_DUPLICATED;
3842 if (!config.ctf_variables)
3843 flags |= CTF_LINK_OMIT_VARIABLES_SECTION;
3844 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3845 flags |= CTF_LINK_NO_FILTER_REPORTED_SYMS;
3846
3847 if (ctf_link (ctf_output, flags) < 0)
3848 {
3849 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3850 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF linking failed; "
3851 "output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3852 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3853 if (output_sect)
3854 {
3855 output_sect->size = 0;
3856 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3857 }
3858 }
3859 /* Output any lingering errors that didn't come from ctf_link. */
3860 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3861 }
3862
3863 /* Let the emulation acquire strings from the dynamic strtab to help it optimize
3864 the CTF, if supported. */
3865
3866 void
3867 ldlang_ctf_acquire_strings (struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstrtab)
3868 {
3869 ldemul_acquire_strings_for_ctf (ctf_output, dynstrtab);
3870 }
3871
3872 /* Inform the emulation about the addition of a new dynamic symbol, in BFD
3873 internal format. */
3874 void ldlang_ctf_new_dynsym (int symidx, struct elf_internal_sym *sym)
3875 {
3876 ldemul_new_dynsym_for_ctf (ctf_output, symidx, sym);
3877 }
3878
3879 /* Write out the CTF section. Called early, if the emulation isn't going to
3880 need to dedup against the strtab and symtab, then possibly called from the
3881 target linker code if the dedup has happened. */
3882 static void
3883 lang_write_ctf (int late)
3884 {
3885 size_t output_size;
3886 asection *output_sect;
3887
3888 if (!ctf_output)
3889 return;
3890
3891 if (late)
3892 {
3893 /* Emit CTF late if this emulation says it can do so. */
3894 if (ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3895 return;
3896 }
3897 else
3898 {
3899 if (!ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3900 return;
3901 }
3902
3903 /* Inform the emulation that all the symbols that will be received have
3904 been. */
3905
3906 ldemul_new_dynsym_for_ctf (ctf_output, 0, NULL);
3907
3908 /* Emit CTF. */
3909
3910 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3911 if (output_sect)
3912 {
3913 output_sect->contents = ctf_link_write (ctf_output, &output_size,
3914 CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD);
3915 output_sect->size = output_size;
3916 output_sect->flags |= SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_KEEP;
3917
3918 lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
3919 if (!output_sect->contents)
3920 {
3921 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section emission failed; "
3922 "output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3923 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3924 output_sect->size = 0;
3925 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3926 }
3927 }
3928
3929 /* This also closes every CTF input file used in the link. */
3930 ctf_dict_close (ctf_output);
3931 ctf_output = NULL;
3932
3933 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3934 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3935 }
3936
3937 /* Write out the CTF section late, if the emulation needs that. */
3938
3939 void
3940 ldlang_write_ctf_late (void)
3941 {
3942 /* Trigger a "late call", if the emulation needs one. */
3943
3944 lang_write_ctf (1);
3945 }
3946 #else
3947 static void
3948 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3949 {
3950 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3951 {
3952 asection *sect;
3953
3954 /* If built without CTF, warn and delete all CTF sections from the output.
3955 (The alternative would be to simply concatenate them, which does not
3956 yield a valid CTF section.) */
3957
3958 if ((sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf")) != NULL)
3959 {
3960 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not linkable: "
3961 "%P was built without support for CTF\n"), file->the_bfd);
3962 sect->size = 0;
3963 sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3964 }
3965 }
3966 }
3967
3968 static void lang_merge_ctf (void) {}
3969 void
3970 ldlang_ctf_acquire_strings (struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstrtab
3971 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3972 void
3973 ldlang_ctf_new_dynsym (int symidx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3974 struct elf_internal_sym *sym ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3975 static void lang_write_ctf (int late ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
3976 void ldlang_write_ctf_late (void) {}
3977 #endif
3978
3979 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3980 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3981 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3982 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3983 name to the symbol table. */
3984
3985 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3986
3987 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3988
3989 void
3990 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bool cmdline ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3991 {
3992 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3993
3994 new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3995 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3996 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3997
3998 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3999
4000 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
4001 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
4002 }
4003
4004 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
4005
4006 static void
4007 insert_undefined (const char *name)
4008 {
4009 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4010
4011 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, true, false, true);
4012 if (h == NULL)
4013 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
4014 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
4015 {
4016 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
4017 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
4018 h->non_ir_ref_regular = true;
4019 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
4020 }
4021 }
4022
4023 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
4024 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
4025 script file. */
4026
4027 static void
4028 lang_place_undefineds (void)
4029 {
4030 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
4031
4032 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4033 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
4034 }
4035
4036 /* Mark -u symbols against garbage collection. */
4037
4038 static void
4039 lang_mark_undefineds (void)
4040 {
4041 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
4042
4043 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
4044 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4045 {
4046 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
4047 bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name, false, false, true);
4048 if (h != NULL)
4049 h->mark = 1;
4050 }
4051 }
4052
4053 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
4054 be defined. */
4055
4056 struct require_defined_symbol
4057 {
4058 const char *name;
4059 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
4060 };
4061
4062 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
4063
4064 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
4065
4066 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
4067 defined. */
4068
4069 void
4070 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
4071 {
4072 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
4073
4074 ldlang_add_undef (name, true);
4075 ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
4076 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
4077 ptr->name = strdup (name);
4078 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
4079 }
4080
4081 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
4082 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
4083
4084 static void
4085 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
4086 {
4087 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
4088
4089 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
4090 {
4091 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4092
4093 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
4094 false, false, true);
4095 if (h == NULL
4096 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
4097 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4098 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
4099 }
4100 }
4101
4102 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
4103
4104 static void
4105 check_input_sections
4106 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4107 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4108 {
4109 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4110 {
4111 switch (s->header.type)
4112 {
4113 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4114 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
4115 output_section_statement);
4116 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4117 return;
4118 break;
4119 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4120 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
4121 output_section_statement);
4122 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4123 return;
4124 break;
4125 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4126 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4127 output_section_statement);
4128 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
4129 return;
4130 break;
4131 default:
4132 break;
4133 }
4134 }
4135 }
4136
4137 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
4138
4139 static void
4140 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
4141 {
4142 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4143
4144 switch (sort_section)
4145 {
4146 default:
4147 FAIL ();
4148
4149 case none:
4150 break;
4151
4152 case by_name:
4153 case by_alignment:
4154 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4155 {
4156 switch (s->header.type)
4157 {
4158 default:
4159 break;
4160
4161 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4162 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
4163 sec = sec->next)
4164 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
4165 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
4166 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
4167 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4168 {
4169 case none:
4170 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
4171 break;
4172 case by_name:
4173 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
4174 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
4175 break;
4176 case by_alignment:
4177 if (sort_section == by_name)
4178 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
4179 break;
4180 default:
4181 break;
4182 }
4183 break;
4184
4185 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4186 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
4187 break;
4188
4189 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4190 update_wild_statements
4191 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
4192 break;
4193
4194 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4195 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
4196 break;
4197 }
4198 }
4199 break;
4200 }
4201 }
4202
4203 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
4204
4205 static void
4206 map_input_to_output_sections
4207 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
4208 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4209 {
4210 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4211 {
4212 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
4213 flagword flags;
4214 unsigned int type = 0;
4215
4216 switch (s->header.type)
4217 {
4218 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4219 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
4220 break;
4221 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4222 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
4223 target,
4224 os);
4225 break;
4226 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4227 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
4228 if (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RW
4229 || tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO)
4230 {
4231 tos->all_input_readonly = true;
4232 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
4233 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
4234 tos->constraint = -1;
4235 }
4236 if (tos->constraint >= 0)
4237 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
4238 target,
4239 tos);
4240 break;
4241 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4242 break;
4243 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4244 target = s->target_statement.target;
4245 break;
4246 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4247 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4248 target,
4249 os);
4250 break;
4251 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4252 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
4253 are initialized. */
4254 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
4255 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
4256 these may be overridden by the script. */
4257 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
4258 switch (os->sectype)
4259 {
4260 case normal_section:
4261 case overlay_section:
4262 case first_overlay_section:
4263 break;
4264 case noalloc_section:
4265 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4266 break;
4267 case readonly_section:
4268 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
4269 break;
4270 case typed_readonly_section:
4271 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
4272 /* Fall through. */
4273 case type_section:
4274 if (os->sectype_value->type.node_class == etree_name
4275 && os->sectype_value->type.node_code == NAME)
4276 {
4277 const char *name = os->sectype_value->name.name;
4278 if (strcmp (name, "SHT_PROGBITS") == 0)
4279 type = SHT_PROGBITS;
4280 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_STRTAB") == 0)
4281 type = SHT_STRTAB;
4282 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_NOTE") == 0)
4283 type = SHT_NOTE;
4284 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_NOBITS") == 0)
4285 type = SHT_NOBITS;
4286 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_INIT_ARRAY") == 0)
4287 type = SHT_INIT_ARRAY;
4288 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_FINI_ARRAY") == 0)
4289 type = SHT_FINI_ARRAY;
4290 else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY") == 0)
4291 type = SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY;
4292 else
4293 einfo (_ ("%F%P: invalid type for output section `%s'\n"),
4294 os->name);
4295 }
4296 else
4297 {
4298 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (os->sectype_value);
4299 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4300 type = expld.result.value;
4301 else
4302 einfo (_ ("%F%P: invalid type for output section `%s'\n"),
4303 os->name);
4304 }
4305 break;
4306 case noload_section:
4307 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4308 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
4309 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
4310 else
4311 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4312 break;
4313 }
4314 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4315 init_os (os, flags | SEC_READONLY);
4316 else
4317 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
4318 os->bfd_section->type = type;
4319 break;
4320 case lang_input_section_enum:
4321 break;
4322 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4323 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4324 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4325 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4326 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4327 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4328 init_os (os, 0);
4329 break;
4330 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4331 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4332 init_os (os, 0);
4333
4334 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
4335 are initialized. */
4336 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
4337 break;
4338 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4339 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
4340 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
4341 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
4342 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
4343 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
4344 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
4345 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
4346 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
4347 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
4348 if (!s->address_statement.segment
4349 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
4350 {
4351 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
4352
4353 /* Create the output section statement here so that
4354 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
4355 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
4356 place them in amongst other sections then the address
4357 will affect following script sections, which is
4358 likely to surprise naive users. */
4359 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, 1);
4360 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
4361 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
4362 init_os (tos, 0);
4363 }
4364 break;
4365 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4366 break;
4367 }
4368 }
4369 }
4370
4371 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
4372 start of the list and places them after the output section
4373 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
4374 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
4375 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
4376 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
4377 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
4378 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
4379 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
4380 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
4381 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
4382 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
4383 can end up looking odd. */
4384
4385 static void
4386 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
4387 {
4388 lang_statement_union_type **s;
4389 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
4390 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
4391 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4392
4393 s = start;
4394 while (*s != NULL)
4395 {
4396 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
4397 {
4398 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
4399 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
4400 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
4401
4402 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
4403 last_os = os;
4404
4405 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
4406 won't match this output section statement. At this
4407 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
4408 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
4409 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
4410 if (first_os == NULL)
4411 first_os = last_os;
4412 }
4413 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
4414 {
4415 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
4416 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
4417 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
4418 behaviour. For example:
4419 #! /bin/sh
4420 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
4421 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
4422 group statement for insert statements. */
4423 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
4424 }
4425 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
4426 {
4427 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
4428 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
4429 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
4430 lang_statement_union_type *first;
4431
4432 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
4433 {
4434 einfo (_("warning: INSERT statement in linker script is "
4435 "incompatible with --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"));
4436 }
4437
4438 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
4439 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
4440 {
4441 do
4442 where = where->prev;
4443 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
4444 }
4445 if (where == NULL)
4446 {
4447 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4448 return;
4449 }
4450
4451 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4452 if (last_os != NULL)
4453 {
4454 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4455 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4456
4457 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4458 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4459 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4460 {
4461 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4462 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4463 }
4464 else
4465 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4466 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4467 last_os->next = where->next;
4468 if (where->next == NULL)
4469 {
4470 next = &last_os->next;
4471 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4472 }
4473 else
4474 where->next->prev = last_os;
4475 first_os->prev = where;
4476 where->next = first_os;
4477
4478 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4479 first_sec = NULL;
4480 last_sec = NULL;
4481 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4482 {
4483 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4484 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4485 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4486 {
4487 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4488 if (first_sec == NULL)
4489 first_sec = last_sec;
4490 }
4491 if (os == last_os)
4492 break;
4493 }
4494 if (last_sec != NULL)
4495 {
4496 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4497 if (sec == NULL)
4498 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4499
4500 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4501 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4502 section or if the section is the same as our
4503 last section, then no move is needed. */
4504 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4505 {
4506 /* Trim them off. */
4507 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4508 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4509 else
4510 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4511 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4512 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4513 else
4514 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4515 /* Add back. */
4516 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4517 if (sec->next != NULL)
4518 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4519 else
4520 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4521 first_sec->prev = sec;
4522 sec->next = first_sec;
4523 }
4524 }
4525
4526 first_os = NULL;
4527 last_os = NULL;
4528 }
4529
4530 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4531 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4532 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4533 first = *start;
4534 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4535 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4536 *s = *ptr;
4537 if (*s == NULL)
4538 statement_list.tail = s;
4539 *ptr = first;
4540 s = start;
4541 continue;
4542 }
4543 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4544 }
4545
4546 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4547 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4548 {
4549 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4550 if (os == last_os)
4551 break;
4552 }
4553 }
4554
4555 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4556 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4557 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4558
4559 void
4560 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4561 {
4562 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4563
4564 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4565 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4566 {
4567 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4568 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4569 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, false);
4570 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4571 }
4572
4573 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4574 os != NULL;
4575 os = os->next)
4576 {
4577 asection *output_section;
4578 bool exclude;
4579
4580 if (os->constraint < 0)
4581 continue;
4582
4583 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4584 if (output_section == NULL)
4585 continue;
4586
4587 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4588 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4589 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4590 output_section));
4591
4592 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4593 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4594 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4595 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4596 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4597 {
4598 asection *s;
4599
4600 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4601 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4602 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4603 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4604 {
4605 exclude = false;
4606 break;
4607 }
4608 }
4609
4610 if (exclude)
4611 {
4612 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4613 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4614 if (!os->update_dot)
4615 os->ignored = true;
4616 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4617 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4618 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4619 }
4620 }
4621 }
4622
4623 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4624 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4625
4626 void
4627 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4628 {
4629 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4630
4631 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4632 return;
4633
4634 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4635 os != NULL;
4636 os = os->next)
4637 {
4638 asection *output_section;
4639
4640 if (os->constraint < 0)
4641 continue;
4642
4643 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4644 if (output_section == NULL)
4645 continue;
4646
4647 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4648 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4649 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4650 }
4651
4652 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4653 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4654 map_head_is_link_order = true;
4655 }
4656
4657 static void
4658 print_output_section_statement
4659 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4660 {
4661 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4662 int len;
4663
4664 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4665 {
4666 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4667
4668 if (section != NULL)
4669 {
4670 print_dot = section->vma;
4671
4672 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4673 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4674 {
4675 print_nl ();
4676 len = 0;
4677 }
4678 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4679 {
4680 print_space ();
4681 ++len;
4682 }
4683
4684 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4685
4686 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4687 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4688
4689 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4690 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4691 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4692 }
4693
4694 print_nl ();
4695 }
4696
4697 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4698 output_section_statement);
4699 }
4700
4701 static void
4702 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4703 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4704 {
4705 unsigned int i;
4706 bool is_dot;
4707 etree_type *tree;
4708 asection *osec;
4709
4710 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4711 print_space ();
4712
4713 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4714 {
4715 is_dot = false;
4716 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4717 }
4718 else
4719 {
4720 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4721
4722 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4723 tree = assignment->exp;
4724 }
4725
4726 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4727 if (osec == NULL)
4728 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4729
4730 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4731 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4732 else
4733 expld.result.valid_p = false;
4734
4735 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4736 {
4737 bfd_vma value;
4738
4739 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4740 || is_dot
4741 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4742 {
4743 value = expld.result.value;
4744
4745 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4746 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4747
4748 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4749 if (is_dot)
4750 print_dot = value;
4751 }
4752 else
4753 {
4754 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4755
4756 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4757 false, false, true);
4758 if (h != NULL
4759 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4760 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4761 {
4762 value = h->u.def.value;
4763 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4764 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4765
4766 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4767 }
4768 else
4769 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4770 }
4771 }
4772 else
4773 {
4774 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4775 minfo ("[!provide]");
4776 else
4777 minfo ("*undef* ");
4778 #ifdef BFD64
4779 minfo (" ");
4780 #endif
4781 }
4782 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4783
4784 minfo (" ");
4785 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4786 print_nl ();
4787 }
4788
4789 static void
4790 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4791 {
4792 if (statm->filename != NULL)
4793 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4794 }
4795
4796 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4797 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4798
4799 bool
4800 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4801 {
4802 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4803
4804 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4805 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4806 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4807 {
4808 int i;
4809
4810 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4811 print_space ();
4812 minfo ("0x%V ",
4813 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4814 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4815 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4816
4817 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4818 }
4819
4820 return true;
4821 }
4822
4823 static int
4824 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4825 {
4826 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4827 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4828
4829 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4830 return -1;
4831 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4832 return 1;
4833 else
4834 return 0;
4835 }
4836
4837 static void
4838 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4839 {
4840 input_section_userdata_type *ud = bfd_section_userdata (sec);
4841 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4842 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4843 unsigned int i;
4844
4845 if (!ud)
4846 return;
4847
4848 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4849
4850 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4851 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4852 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4853 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4854
4855 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4856 entries[i] = def->entry;
4857
4858 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4859 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4860
4861 /* Print the symbols. */
4862 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4863 ldemul_print_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4864
4865 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4866 }
4867
4868 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4869
4870 static void
4871 print_input_section (asection *i, bool is_discarded)
4872 {
4873 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4874 int len;
4875 bfd_vma addr;
4876
4877 init_opb (i);
4878
4879 print_space ();
4880 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4881
4882 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4883 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4884 {
4885 print_nl ();
4886 len = 0;
4887 }
4888 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4889 {
4890 print_space ();
4891 ++len;
4892 }
4893
4894 if (i->output_section != NULL
4895 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4896 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4897 else
4898 {
4899 addr = print_dot;
4900 if (!is_discarded)
4901 size = 0;
4902 }
4903
4904 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
4905
4906 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4907 {
4908 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4909 #ifdef BFD64
4910 len += 16;
4911 #else
4912 len += 8;
4913 #endif
4914 while (len > 0)
4915 {
4916 print_space ();
4917 --len;
4918 }
4919
4920 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), TO_ADDR (i->rawsize));
4921 }
4922
4923 if (i->output_section != NULL
4924 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4925 {
4926 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4927 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, ldemul_print_symbol, i);
4928 else
4929 print_all_symbols (i);
4930
4931 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4932 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4933 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4934 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4935 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4936 }
4937 }
4938
4939 static void
4940 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4941 {
4942 size_t size;
4943 unsigned char *p;
4944 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4945 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4946 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4947 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4948 }
4949
4950 static void
4951 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4952 {
4953 int i;
4954 bfd_vma addr;
4955 bfd_size_type size;
4956 const char *name;
4957
4958 init_opb (data->output_section);
4959 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4960 print_space ();
4961
4962 addr = data->output_offset;
4963 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4964 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4965
4966 switch (data->type)
4967 {
4968 default:
4969 abort ();
4970 case BYTE:
4971 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4972 name = "BYTE";
4973 break;
4974 case SHORT:
4975 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4976 name = "SHORT";
4977 break;
4978 case LONG:
4979 size = LONG_SIZE;
4980 name = "LONG";
4981 break;
4982 case QUAD:
4983 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4984 name = "QUAD";
4985 break;
4986 case SQUAD:
4987 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4988 name = "SQUAD";
4989 break;
4990 }
4991
4992 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4993 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4994 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4995
4996 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4997 {
4998 print_space ();
4999 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
5000 }
5001
5002 print_nl ();
5003
5004 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
5005 }
5006
5007 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
5008 -Ttext. */
5009
5010 static void
5011 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
5012 {
5013 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
5014 exp_print_tree (address->address);
5015 print_nl ();
5016 }
5017
5018 /* Print a reloc statement. */
5019
5020 static void
5021 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
5022 {
5023 int i;
5024 bfd_vma addr;
5025 bfd_size_type size;
5026
5027 init_opb (reloc->output_section);
5028 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
5029 print_space ();
5030
5031 addr = reloc->output_offset;
5032 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
5033 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
5034
5035 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
5036
5037 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
5038
5039 if (reloc->name != NULL)
5040 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
5041 else
5042 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
5043
5044 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
5045
5046 print_nl ();
5047
5048 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
5049 }
5050
5051 static void
5052 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
5053 {
5054 int len;
5055 bfd_vma addr;
5056
5057 init_opb (s->output_section);
5058 minfo (" *fill*");
5059
5060 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
5061 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
5062 {
5063 print_space ();
5064 ++len;
5065 }
5066
5067 addr = s->output_offset;
5068 if (s->output_section != NULL)
5069 addr += s->output_section->vma;
5070 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
5071
5072 if (s->fill->size != 0)
5073 {
5074 size_t size;
5075 unsigned char *p;
5076 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
5077 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
5078 }
5079
5080 print_nl ();
5081
5082 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
5083 }
5084
5085 static void
5086 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
5087 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5088 {
5089 struct wildcard_list *sec;
5090
5091 print_space ();
5092
5093 if (w->exclude_name_list)
5094 {
5095 name_list *tmp;
5096 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
5097 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
5098 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
5099 minfo (") ");
5100 }
5101
5102 if (w->filenames_sorted)
5103 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
5104 if (w->filename != NULL)
5105 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
5106 else
5107 minfo ("*");
5108 if (w->filenames_sorted)
5109 minfo (")");
5110
5111 minfo ("(");
5112 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
5113 {
5114 int closing_paren = 0;
5115
5116 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
5117 {
5118 case none:
5119 break;
5120
5121 case by_name:
5122 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
5123 closing_paren = 1;
5124 break;
5125
5126 case by_alignment:
5127 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5128 closing_paren = 1;
5129 break;
5130
5131 case by_name_alignment:
5132 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
5133 closing_paren = 2;
5134 break;
5135
5136 case by_alignment_name:
5137 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
5138 closing_paren = 2;
5139 break;
5140
5141 case by_none:
5142 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
5143 closing_paren = 1;
5144 break;
5145
5146 case by_init_priority:
5147 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
5148 closing_paren = 1;
5149 break;
5150 }
5151
5152 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
5153 {
5154 name_list *tmp;
5155 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
5156 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
5157 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
5158 minfo (") ");
5159 }
5160 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
5161 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
5162 else
5163 minfo ("*");
5164 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
5165 minfo (")");
5166 if (sec->next)
5167 minfo (" ");
5168 }
5169 minfo (")");
5170
5171 print_nl ();
5172
5173 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
5174 }
5175
5176 /* Print a group statement. */
5177
5178 static void
5179 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
5180 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5181 {
5182 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
5183 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
5184 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
5185 }
5186
5187 /* Print the list of statements in S.
5188 This can be called for any statement type. */
5189
5190 static void
5191 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5192 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5193 {
5194 while (s != NULL)
5195 {
5196 print_statement (s, os);
5197 s = s->header.next;
5198 }
5199 }
5200
5201 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
5202 This can be called for any statement type. */
5203
5204 static void
5205 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5206 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
5207 {
5208 switch (s->header.type)
5209 {
5210 default:
5211 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
5212 FAIL ();
5213 break;
5214 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5215 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
5216 {
5217 if (constructors_sorted)
5218 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
5219 else
5220 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
5221 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
5222 }
5223 break;
5224 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5225 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
5226 break;
5227 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5228 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
5229 break;
5230 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5231 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
5232 break;
5233 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5234 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
5235 break;
5236 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5237 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
5238 break;
5239 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5240 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
5241 break;
5242 case lang_input_section_enum:
5243 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, false);
5244 break;
5245 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5246 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
5247 break;
5248 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5249 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
5250 break;
5251 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5252 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
5253 break;
5254 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5255 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
5256 break;
5257 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5258 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
5259 if (output_target != NULL)
5260 minfo (" %s", output_target);
5261 minfo (")\n");
5262 break;
5263 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5264 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
5265 break;
5266 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5267 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
5268 break;
5269 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5270 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
5271 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
5272 s->insert_statement.where);
5273 break;
5274 }
5275 }
5276
5277 static void
5278 print_statements (void)
5279 {
5280 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
5281 }
5282
5283 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
5284 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
5285 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
5286 Intended to be called from GDB. */
5287
5288 void
5289 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
5290 {
5291 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
5292
5293 config.map_file = stderr;
5294
5295 if (n < 0)
5296 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
5297 else
5298 {
5299 while (s && --n >= 0)
5300 {
5301 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
5302 s = s->header.next;
5303 }
5304 }
5305
5306 config.map_file = map_save;
5307 }
5308
5309 static void
5310 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
5311 fill_type *fill,
5312 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
5313 asection *output_section,
5314 bfd_vma dot)
5315 {
5316 static fill_type zero_fill;
5317 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
5318
5319 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
5320 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
5321 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
5322 if (pad != NULL
5323 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5324 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5325 {
5326 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5327 }
5328 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
5329 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5330 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5331 {
5332 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5333 }
5334 else
5335 {
5336 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
5337 pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
5338 pad->header.next = *ptr;
5339 *ptr = pad;
5340 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
5341 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
5342 if (fill == NULL)
5343 fill = &zero_fill;
5344 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
5345 }
5346 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
5347 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
5348 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5349 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
5350 - output_section->vma);
5351 }
5352
5353 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
5354
5355 static bfd_vma
5356 size_input_section
5357 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
5358 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5359 fill_type *fill,
5360 bool *removed,
5361 bfd_vma dot)
5362 {
5363 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
5364 asection *i = is->section;
5365 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5366 *removed = 0;
5367
5368 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5369 {
5370 /* If the input section I has already been successfully assigned
5371 to an output section other than O, don't bother with it and
5372 let the caller remove it from the list. Keep processing in
5373 case we have already handled O, because the repeated passes
5374 have reinitialized its size. */
5375 if (i->already_assigned && i->already_assigned != o)
5376 {
5377 *removed = 1;
5378 return dot;
5379 }
5380 }
5381
5382 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
5383 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
5384 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
5385 || output_section_statement->ignored)
5386 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5387 else
5388 {
5389 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
5390
5391 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
5392 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
5393 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
5394 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
5395
5396 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
5397 i->alignment_power
5398 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
5399 "subsection alignment");
5400
5401 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
5402 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
5403
5404 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
5405
5406 if (alignment_needed != 0)
5407 {
5408 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
5409 dot += alignment_needed;
5410 }
5411
5412 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5413 {
5414 /* If I would overflow O, let the caller remove I from the
5415 list. */
5416 if (output_section_statement->region)
5417 {
5418 bfd_vma end = output_section_statement->region->origin
5419 + output_section_statement->region->length;
5420
5421 if (dot + TO_ADDR (i->size) > end)
5422 {
5423 if (i->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
5424 einfo (_("%F%P: Output section '%s' not large enough for the "
5425 "linker-created stubs section '%s'.\n"),
5426 i->output_section->name, i->name);
5427
5428 if (i->rawsize && i->rawsize != i->size)
5429 einfo (_("%F%P: Relaxation not supported with "
5430 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions (section '%s' "
5431 "would overflow '%s' after it changed size).\n"),
5432 i->name, i->output_section->name);
5433
5434 *removed = 1;
5435 dot = end;
5436 i->output_section = NULL;
5437 return dot;
5438 }
5439 }
5440 }
5441
5442 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
5443 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5444
5445 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
5446 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
5447 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5448 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
5449
5450 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
5451 {
5452 /* Record that I was successfully assigned to O, and update
5453 its actual output section too. */
5454 i->already_assigned = o;
5455 i->output_section = o;
5456 }
5457 }
5458
5459 return dot;
5460 }
5461
5462 struct check_sec
5463 {
5464 asection *sec;
5465 bool warned;
5466 };
5467
5468 static int
5469 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5470 {
5471 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5472 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5473
5474 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5475 return -1;
5476 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5477 return 1;
5478 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5479 return -1;
5480 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5481 return 1;
5482
5483 return 0;
5484 }
5485
5486 static int
5487 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5488 {
5489 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5490 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5491
5492 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5493 return -1;
5494 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5495 return 1;
5496 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5497 return -1;
5498 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5499 return 1;
5500
5501 return 0;
5502 }
5503
5504 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5505 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5506
5507 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5508 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5509
5510 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5511 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5512 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5513 region has overflowed. */
5514
5515 static void
5516 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5517 {
5518 asection *s, *p;
5519 struct check_sec *sections;
5520 size_t i, count;
5521 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5522 bfd_vma s_start;
5523 bfd_vma s_end;
5524 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5525 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5526 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5527 bool overlays;
5528
5529 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5530 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5531 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5532 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5533 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5534 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5535 {
5536 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5537 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5538 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5539 s->name);
5540 else
5541 {
5542 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5543 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5544 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5545 s->name);
5546 }
5547 }
5548
5549 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5550 return;
5551
5552 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5553 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5554
5555 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5556 count = 0;
5557 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5558 {
5559 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5560 || s->size == 0)
5561 continue;
5562
5563 sections[count].sec = s;
5564 sections[count].warned = false;
5565 count++;
5566 }
5567
5568 if (count <= 1)
5569 {
5570 free (sections);
5571 return;
5572 }
5573
5574 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5575
5576 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5577 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5578 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5579 {
5580 s = sections[i].sec;
5581 init_opb (s);
5582 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5583 {
5584 s_start = s->lma;
5585 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5586
5587 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5588 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5589 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5590 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5591 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5592 if (p != NULL
5593 && (s_start <= p_end
5594 || p_end < p_start))
5595 {
5596 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5597 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5598 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5599 sections[i].warned = true;
5600 }
5601 p = s;
5602 p_start = s_start;
5603 p_end = s_end;
5604 }
5605 }
5606
5607 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5608 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5609 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5610 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5611 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5612 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5613 overlays = false;
5614 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5615 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5616 {
5617 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5618 if (p_start == s_start)
5619 {
5620 overlays = true;
5621 break;
5622 }
5623 p_start = s_start;
5624 }
5625
5626 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5627 if (!overlays)
5628 {
5629 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5630 {
5631 s = sections[i].sec;
5632 init_opb (s);
5633 s_start = s->vma;
5634 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5635
5636 if (p != NULL
5637 && !sections[i].warned
5638 && (s_start <= p_end
5639 || p_end < p_start))
5640 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5641 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5642 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5643 p = s;
5644 p_start = s_start;
5645 p_end = s_end;
5646 }
5647 }
5648
5649 free (sections);
5650
5651 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5652 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5653 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5654 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5655
5656 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5657 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5658 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5659 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5660 if (m->had_full_message)
5661 {
5662 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5663 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5664 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5665 over),
5666 m->name_list.name, over);
5667 }
5668 }
5669
5670 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5671 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5672 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5673 calculation wraps around. */
5674
5675 static void
5676 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5677 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5678 etree_type *tree,
5679 bfd_vma rbase)
5680 {
5681 if ((region->current < region->origin
5682 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5683 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5684 || rbase == 0))
5685 {
5686 if (tree != NULL)
5687 {
5688 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5689 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5690 region->current,
5691 os->bfd_section->owner,
5692 os->bfd_section->name,
5693 region->name_list.name);
5694 }
5695 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5696 {
5697 region->had_full_message = true;
5698
5699 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5700 os->bfd_section->owner,
5701 os->bfd_section->name,
5702 region->name_list.name);
5703 }
5704 }
5705 }
5706
5707 static void
5708 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s)
5709 {
5710 seg_align_type *seg = &expld.dataseg;
5711
5712 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5713 {
5714 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5715 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5716 else
5717 {
5718 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5719 }
5720 }
5721 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5722 {
5723 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5724 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5725 else
5726 {
5727 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5728 }
5729 }
5730 }
5731
5732 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5733
5734 static bfd_vma
5735 lang_size_sections_1
5736 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5737 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5738 fill_type *fill,
5739 bfd_vma dot,
5740 bool *relax,
5741 bool check_regions)
5742 {
5743 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5744 lang_statement_union_type *prev_s = NULL;
5745 bool removed_prev_s = false;
5746
5747 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5748 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; prev_s = s, s = s->header.next)
5749 {
5750 bool removed = false;
5751
5752 switch (s->header.type)
5753 {
5754 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5755 {
5756 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5757 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5758 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5759 int section_alignment = 0;
5760
5761 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5762 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
5763 if (os->constraint == -1)
5764 break;
5765
5766 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5767 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5768 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5769 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5770 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5771 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5772 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5773 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5774 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5775 {
5776 os->processed_vma = false;
5777 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5778
5779 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5780 {
5781 dot = expld.result.value;
5782 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5783 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5784 }
5785 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5786 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5787 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5788 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5789 }
5790
5791 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5792 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5793 break;
5794
5795 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5796 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5797 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5798 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5799 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5800 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5801 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5802 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5803 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5804 {
5805 asection *input;
5806
5807 if (os->children.head == NULL
5808 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5809 || (os->children.head->header.type
5810 != lang_input_section_enum))
5811 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5812 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5813
5814 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5815 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section,
5816 bfd_section_vma (input));
5817 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5818 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5819 break;
5820 }
5821
5822 newdot = dot;
5823 dotdelta = 0;
5824 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5825 {
5826 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5827 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5828 }
5829 else
5830 {
5831 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5832 {
5833 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5834 from the region specification. */
5835 if (os->region == NULL
5836 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5837 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5838 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5839 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5840 {
5841 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5842 }
5843
5844 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5845 region, and some non default memory regions were
5846 defined, issue an error message. */
5847 if (!os->ignored
5848 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5849 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5850 && check_regions
5851 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5852 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5853 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5854 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5855 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5856 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5857 && lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5858 {
5859 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5860 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5861 default memory region we can end up creating an
5862 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5863 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5864 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5865 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5866 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5867 switch. */
5868 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5869 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5870 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5871 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5872 else
5873 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5874 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5875 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5876 }
5877
5878 newdot = os->region->current;
5879 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5880 }
5881 else
5882 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5883 "section alignment");
5884
5885 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5886 if (section_alignment > 0)
5887 {
5888 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5889 bfd_vma diff = 0;
5890
5891 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5892 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5893
5894 if (lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
5895 diff = dotdelta;
5896 else if (lang_sizing_iteration > 1)
5897 {
5898 /* Only report adjustments that would change
5899 alignment from what we have already reported. */
5900 diff = newdot - os->bfd_section->vma;
5901 if (!(diff & (((bfd_vma) 1 << section_alignment) - 1)))
5902 diff = 0;
5903 }
5904 if (diff != 0
5905 && (config.warn_section_align
5906 || os->addr_tree != NULL))
5907 einfo (_("%P: warning: "
5908 "start of section %s changed by %ld\n"),
5909 os->name, (long) diff);
5910 }
5911
5912 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section, newdot);
5913
5914 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5915 }
5916
5917 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5918 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5919
5920 os->processed_vma = true;
5921
5922 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5923 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5924 no output section should change from zero size
5925 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5926 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5927 input section was not sized early enough. */
5928 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5929 else
5930 {
5931 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5932
5933 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5934 align at the block boundary. */
5935 after = ((dot
5936 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5937 + os->block_value - 1)
5938 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5939
5940 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5941 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5942 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5943 }
5944
5945 /* Set section lma. */
5946 r = os->region;
5947 if (r == NULL)
5948 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, false);
5949
5950 if (os->load_base)
5951 {
5952 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5953 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5954 }
5955 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5956 {
5957 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5958
5959 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5960 lma += dotdelta;
5961 else
5962 {
5963 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5964 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5965 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5966 only align according to the value in the output
5967 statement. */
5968 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5969 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5970 "section alignment");
5971 if (section_alignment > 0)
5972 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5973 }
5974 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5975 }
5976 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5977 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5978 {
5979 bfd_vma lma;
5980 asection *last;
5981
5982 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5983
5984 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5985 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5986 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5987 create overlapping LMAs. */
5988 if (dot < last->vma
5989 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5990 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5991 {
5992 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5993 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5994 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5995 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5996 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5997
5998 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5999 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
6000 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
6001 }
6002 else
6003 {
6004 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
6005 at the end of the previous section. */
6006 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
6007 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
6008
6009 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
6010 as the previous section. */
6011 else
6012 lma = os->bfd_section->vma + last->lma - last->vma;
6013
6014 if (section_alignment > 0)
6015 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
6016 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
6017 }
6018 }
6019 os->processed_lma = true;
6020
6021 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
6022 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
6023 following sections. Overlays or other linker
6024 script assignment to lma might mean that the
6025 default lma == vma is incorrect.
6026 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
6027 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
6028 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
6029 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
6030 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
6031 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
6032 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
6033 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
6034 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
6035 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
6036 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
6037 || (r->last_os == NULL
6038 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
6039 || (r->last_os != NULL
6040 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
6041 .bfd_section->vma))))
6042 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
6043 && os->lma_region == NULL
6044 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6045 r->last_os = s;
6046
6047 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
6048 break;
6049
6050 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6051 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6052 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6053 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6054 else
6055 dotdelta = 0;
6056 dot += dotdelta;
6057
6058 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
6059 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6060
6061 /* Update dot in the region ?
6062 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
6063 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
6064 overall size in memory. */
6065 if (os->region != NULL
6066 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
6067 {
6068 os->region->current = dot;
6069
6070 if (check_regions)
6071 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
6072 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
6073 os->bfd_section->vma);
6074
6075 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
6076 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
6077 || os->align_lma_with_input))
6078 {
6079 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
6080
6081 if (check_regions)
6082 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
6083 os->bfd_section->lma);
6084 }
6085 }
6086 }
6087 break;
6088
6089 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6090 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
6091 output_section_statement,
6092 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6093 break;
6094
6095 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6096 {
6097 unsigned int size = 0;
6098
6099 s->data_statement.output_offset =
6100 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6101 s->data_statement.output_section =
6102 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6103
6104 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
6105 need to mark them as needed. */
6106 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6107
6108 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6109 {
6110 default:
6111 abort ();
6112 case QUAD:
6113 case SQUAD:
6114 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6115 break;
6116 case LONG:
6117 size = LONG_SIZE;
6118 break;
6119 case SHORT:
6120 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6121 break;
6122 case BYTE:
6123 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6124 break;
6125 }
6126 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6127 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6128 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6129 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
6130 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6131 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
6132 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
6133
6134 }
6135 break;
6136
6137 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6138 {
6139 int size;
6140
6141 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
6142 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6143 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
6144 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6145 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
6146 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6147 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
6148 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6149 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
6150 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
6151 }
6152 break;
6153
6154 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6155 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
6156 output_section_statement,
6157 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6158 break;
6159
6160 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6161 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
6162 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6163 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6164 break;
6165
6166 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6167 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6168 break;
6169
6170 case lang_input_section_enum:
6171 {
6172 asection *i;
6173
6174 i = s->input_section.section;
6175 if (relax)
6176 {
6177 bool again;
6178
6179 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
6180 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
6181 if (again)
6182 *relax = true;
6183 }
6184 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
6185 fill, &removed, dot);
6186 }
6187 break;
6188
6189 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6190 break;
6191
6192 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6193 s->fill_statement.output_section =
6194 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
6195
6196 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6197 break;
6198
6199 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6200 {
6201 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
6202 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
6203
6204 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6205
6206 exp_fold_tree (tree,
6207 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
6208 &newdot);
6209
6210 ldlang_check_relro_region (s);
6211
6212 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
6213
6214 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
6215 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
6216 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
6217 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
6218 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
6219 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
6220
6221 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
6222 {
6223 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
6224 {
6225 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
6226 the default memory address. */
6227 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
6228 false)->current = newdot;
6229 }
6230 else if (newdot != dot)
6231 {
6232 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
6233 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
6234 assignment references dot. */
6235 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
6236 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
6237
6238 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
6239 s = s->header.next;
6240
6241 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
6242 should have space allocated to it, unless the
6243 user has explicitly stated that the section
6244 should not be allocated. */
6245 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
6246 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
6247 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
6248 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
6249 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6250 }
6251 dot = newdot;
6252 }
6253 }
6254 break;
6255
6256 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6257 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
6258 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
6259 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
6260 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
6261 will be added back in. */
6262 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
6263
6264 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
6265 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
6266 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
6267 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
6268 a pad size of zero. */
6269 s->padding_statement.output_offset
6270 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
6271 break;
6272
6273 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6274 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
6275 output_section_statement,
6276 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
6277 break;
6278
6279 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6280 break;
6281
6282 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
6283 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6284 break;
6285
6286 default:
6287 FAIL ();
6288 break;
6289 }
6290
6291 /* If an input section doesn't fit in the current output
6292 section, remove it from the list. Handle the case where we
6293 have to remove an input_section statement here: there is a
6294 special case to remove the first element of the list. */
6295 if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions && removed)
6296 {
6297 /* If we removed the first element during the previous
6298 iteration, override the loop assignment of prev_s. */
6299 if (removed_prev_s)
6300 prev_s = NULL;
6301
6302 if (prev_s)
6303 {
6304 /* If there was a real previous input section, just skip
6305 the current one. */
6306 prev_s->header.next=s->header.next;
6307 s = prev_s;
6308 removed_prev_s = false;
6309 }
6310 else
6311 {
6312 /* Remove the first input section of the list. */
6313 *prev = s->header.next;
6314 removed_prev_s = true;
6315 }
6316
6317 /* Move to next element, unless we removed the head of the
6318 list. */
6319 if (!removed_prev_s)
6320 prev = &s->header.next;
6321 }
6322 else
6323 {
6324 prev = &s->header.next;
6325 removed_prev_s = false;
6326 }
6327 }
6328 return dot;
6329 }
6330
6331 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
6332 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
6333 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
6334 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
6335
6336 bool
6337 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6338 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6339 asection *current_section,
6340 asection *previous_section,
6341 bool new_segment)
6342 {
6343 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
6344 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
6345
6346 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
6347 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
6348 if (new_segment)
6349 return true;
6350
6351 /* Paranoia checks. */
6352 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
6353 return new_segment;
6354
6355 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
6356 sections comingled in the same segment. */
6357 if (config.separate_code
6358 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
6359 return true;
6360
6361 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
6362 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
6363 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
6364 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
6365 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
6366 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
6367
6368 /* More paranoia. */
6369 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
6370 return new_segment;
6371
6372 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
6373 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
6374 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
6375 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
6376 return cur->region != prev->region;
6377 }
6378
6379 void
6380 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6381 {
6382 lang_statement_iteration++;
6383 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
6384 lang_sizing_iteration++;
6385 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
6386 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
6387 }
6388
6389 static bool
6390 lang_size_segment (void)
6391 {
6392 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
6393 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
6394 seg_align_type *seg = &expld.dataseg;
6395 bfd_vma first, last;
6396
6397 first = -seg->base & (seg->commonpagesize - 1);
6398 last = seg->end & (seg->commonpagesize - 1);
6399 if (first && last
6400 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->commonpagesize - 1))
6401 != (seg->end & ~(seg->commonpagesize - 1)))
6402 && first + last <= seg->commonpagesize)
6403 {
6404 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
6405 return true;
6406 }
6407
6408 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
6409 return false;
6410 }
6411
6412 static bfd_vma
6413 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (void)
6414 {
6415 seg_align_type *seg = &expld.dataseg;
6416 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
6417 asection *sec;
6418
6419 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
6420 relro_end = (seg->relro_end + seg->relropagesize - 1) & -seg->relropagesize;
6421
6422 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
6423 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
6424
6425 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
6426 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
6427 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6428 && sec->vma >= seg->base
6429 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
6430 {
6431 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
6432 desired? */
6433 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
6434
6435 end = start = sec->vma;
6436 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
6437 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
6438 bump = desired_end - end;
6439 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
6440 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
6441 start += bump;
6442 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
6443 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
6444 desired_end = start;
6445 }
6446
6447 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
6448 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
6449 seg->base = desired_end;
6450 return relro_end;
6451 }
6452
6453 static bool
6454 lang_size_relro_segment (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6455 {
6456 bool do_reset = false;
6457
6458 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6459 {
6460 bfd_vma data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
6461 bfd_vma data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 ();
6462
6463 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6464 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6465
6466 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
6467 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
6468 if (expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
6469 {
6470 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;
6471 do_reset = true;
6472 }
6473 }
6474 else if (lang_size_segment ())
6475 do_reset = true;
6476
6477 return do_reset;
6478 }
6479
6480 void
6481 lang_size_sections (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
6482 {
6483 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
6484 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
6485
6486 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6487
6488 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
6489 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
6490
6491 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
6492 {
6493 bool do_reset
6494 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
6495
6496 if (do_reset)
6497 {
6498 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6499 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6500 }
6501
6502 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6503 {
6504 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
6505 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
6506 }
6507 }
6508 }
6509
6510 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
6511 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
6512 static bool prefer_next_section;
6513
6514 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
6515
6516 static bfd_vma
6517 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6518 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
6519 fill_type *fill,
6520 bfd_vma dot,
6521 bool *found_end)
6522 {
6523 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6524 {
6525 switch (s->header.type)
6526 {
6527 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6528 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
6529 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6530 break;
6531
6532 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6533 {
6534 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6535 bfd_vma newdot;
6536
6537 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
6538 os->after_end = *found_end;
6539 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
6540 newdot = dot;
6541 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6542 {
6543 if (!os->ignored && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6544 {
6545 current_section = os;
6546 prefer_next_section = false;
6547 }
6548 newdot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6549 }
6550 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6551 os, os->fill, newdot, found_end);
6552 if (!os->ignored)
6553 {
6554 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6555 {
6556 newdot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6557
6558 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6559 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6560 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6561 newdot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6562
6563 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6564 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
6565 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &newdot);
6566 }
6567 dot = newdot;
6568 }
6569 }
6570 break;
6571
6572 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6573
6574 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6575 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6576 break;
6577
6578 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6579 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6580 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6581 break;
6582
6583 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6584 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6585 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6586 {
6587 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6588 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6589 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6590 }
6591 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6592 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6593 {
6594 unsigned int size;
6595 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6596 {
6597 default:
6598 abort ();
6599 case QUAD:
6600 case SQUAD:
6601 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6602 break;
6603 case LONG:
6604 size = LONG_SIZE;
6605 break;
6606 case SHORT:
6607 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6608 break;
6609 case BYTE:
6610 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6611 break;
6612 }
6613 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6614 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6615 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6616 }
6617 break;
6618
6619 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6620 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6621 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6622 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6623 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6624 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6625 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6626 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6627 break;
6628
6629 case lang_input_section_enum:
6630 {
6631 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6632
6633 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6634 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6635 }
6636 break;
6637
6638 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6639 break;
6640
6641 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6642 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6643 break;
6644
6645 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6646 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6647 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6648 {
6649 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6650
6651 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6652 prefer_next_section = true;
6653
6654 while (*p == '_')
6655 ++p;
6656 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6657 *found_end = true;
6658 }
6659 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6660 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6661 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6662 &dot);
6663 break;
6664
6665 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6666 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6667 break;
6668
6669 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6670 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6671 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6672 break;
6673
6674 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6675 break;
6676
6677 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6678 break;
6679
6680 default:
6681 FAIL ();
6682 break;
6683 }
6684 }
6685 return dot;
6686 }
6687
6688 void
6689 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6690 {
6691 bool found_end = false;
6692
6693 current_section = NULL;
6694 prefer_next_section = false;
6695 expld.phase = phase;
6696 lang_statement_iteration++;
6697 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6698 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6699 }
6700
6701 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6702 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6703 of "dot". */
6704
6705 asection *
6706 section_for_dot (void)
6707 {
6708 asection *s;
6709
6710 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6711 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6712 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6713 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6714 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6715 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6716 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6717 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6718 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6719 {
6720 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6721 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6722
6723 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6724 stmt != NULL;
6725 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6726 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6727 break;
6728
6729 os = stmt ? &stmt->output_section_statement : NULL;
6730 while (os != NULL
6731 && !os->after_end
6732 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6733 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6734 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6735 os->bfd_section)))
6736 os = os->next;
6737
6738 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6739 {
6740 if (os != NULL)
6741 s = os->bfd_section;
6742 else
6743 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6744 while (s != NULL
6745 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6746 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6747 s = s->prev;
6748 if (s != NULL)
6749 return s;
6750
6751 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6752 }
6753 }
6754
6755 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6756
6757 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6758 while (s != NULL
6759 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6760 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6761 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6762 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6763 s = s->prev;
6764 if (s == NULL)
6765 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6766 while (s != NULL
6767 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6768 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6769 s = s->next;
6770 if (s != NULL)
6771 return s;
6772
6773 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6774 }
6775
6776 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6777
6778 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6779 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6780 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6781
6782 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6783 to start_stop_syms. */
6784
6785 static void
6786 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6787 {
6788 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6789
6790 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6791 if (h != NULL)
6792 {
6793 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6794 {
6795 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6796 start_stop_syms
6797 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6798 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6799 }
6800 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6801 }
6802 }
6803
6804 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6805 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6806 preliminary definitions. */
6807
6808 static void
6809 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6810 {
6811 bfd *abfd;
6812 asection *s;
6813 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6814
6815 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6816 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6817 {
6818 const char *ps;
6819 const char *secname = s->name;
6820
6821 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6822 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6823 break;
6824 if (*ps == '\0')
6825 {
6826 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6827
6828 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6829 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6830 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6831
6832 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6833 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6834 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6835
6836 free (symbol);
6837 }
6838 }
6839 }
6840
6841 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6842
6843 static void
6844 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6845 {
6846 size_t i;
6847
6848 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6849 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6850 }
6851
6852 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6853 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6854 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6855 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6856 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6857
6858 static void
6859 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6860 {
6861 if (h->ldscript_def)
6862 return;
6863
6864 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6865 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6866 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6867 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6868 {
6869 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6870 h->u.def.section->name);
6871 if (sec != NULL)
6872 {
6873 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6874 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6875 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6876 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6877 if there is still an output section with section name
6878 SECNAME. */
6879 asection *i;
6880 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6881 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6882 {
6883 h->u.def.section = i;
6884 return;
6885 }
6886 }
6887 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6888 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6889 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
6890 {
6891 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6892 struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6893 unsigned int was_forced = eh->forced_local;
6894
6895 bed = get_elf_backend_data (link_info.output_bfd);
6896 (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (&link_info, eh, true);
6897 if (!eh->ref_regular_nonweak)
6898 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefweak;
6899 eh->def_regular = 0;
6900 eh->forced_local = was_forced;
6901 }
6902 }
6903 }
6904
6905 static void
6906 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6907 {
6908 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6909 }
6910
6911 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6912 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6913 preliminary definitions. */
6914
6915 static void
6916 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6917 {
6918 asection *s;
6919
6920 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6921 {
6922 const char *secname = s->name;
6923 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6924
6925 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6926 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6927
6928 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6929 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6930 free (symbol);
6931 }
6932 }
6933
6934 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6935
6936 static void
6937 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6938 {
6939 if (h->ldscript_def
6940 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6941 return;
6942
6943 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6944 {
6945 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6946 .startof. already has final value. */
6947 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6948 {
6949 /* .sizeof. */
6950 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6951 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6952 }
6953 }
6954 else
6955 {
6956 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6957 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6958
6959 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6960 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6961 {
6962 /* __stop_ */
6963 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6964 }
6965 }
6966 }
6967
6968 static void
6969 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6970 {
6971 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6972 }
6973
6974 static void
6975 lang_symbol_tweaks (void)
6976 {
6977 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
6978 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
6979 be done before lang_do_assignments. */
6980 if (config.build_constructors)
6981 lang_init_start_stop ();
6982
6983 /* Make __ehdr_start hidden, and set def_regular even though it is
6984 likely undefined at this stage. For lang_check_relocs. */
6985 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash)
6986 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6987 {
6988 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
6989 bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, "__ehdr_start",
6990 false, false, true);
6991
6992 /* Only adjust the export class if the symbol was referenced
6993 and not defined, otherwise leave it alone. */
6994 if (h != NULL
6995 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
6996 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6997 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6998 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
6999 {
7000 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7001 bed = get_elf_backend_data (link_info.output_bfd);
7002 (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (&link_info, h, true);
7003 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_INTERNAL)
7004 h->other = (h->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN;
7005 h->def_regular = 1;
7006 h->root.linker_def = 1;
7007 h->root.rel_from_abs = 1;
7008 }
7009 }
7010 }
7011
7012 static void
7013 lang_end (void)
7014 {
7015 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
7016 bool warn;
7017
7018 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
7019 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
7020 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
7021 else
7022 warn = true;
7023
7024 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
7025 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
7026 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7027 && link_info.gc_sections
7028 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported)
7029 {
7030 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7031
7032 for (sym = link_info.gc_sym_list; sym != NULL; sym = sym->next)
7033 {
7034 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, sym->name,
7035 false, false, false);
7036 if (h != NULL
7037 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7038 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
7039 && !bfd_is_const_section (h->u.def.section))
7040 break;
7041 }
7042 if (!sym)
7043 einfo (_("%F%P: --gc-sections requires a defined symbol root "
7044 "specified by -e or -u\n"));
7045 }
7046
7047 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7048 {
7049 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
7050 don't warn if we don't find it. */
7051 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
7052 warn = false;
7053 }
7054
7055 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
7056 false, false, true);
7057 if (h != NULL
7058 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7059 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
7060 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
7061 {
7062 bfd_vma val;
7063
7064 val = (h->u.def.value
7065 + bfd_section_vma (h->u.def.section->output_section)
7066 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
7067 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
7068 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
7069 }
7070 else
7071 {
7072 bfd_vma val;
7073 const char *send;
7074
7075 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
7076 number. */
7077 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
7078 if (*send == '\0')
7079 {
7080 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
7081 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
7082 }
7083 /* BZ 2004952: Only use the start of the entry section for executables. */
7084 else if bfd_link_executable (&link_info)
7085 {
7086 asection *ts;
7087
7088 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
7089 the first address in the text section. */
7090 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
7091 if (ts != NULL)
7092 {
7093 if (warn)
7094 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7095 " defaulting to %V\n"),
7096 entry_symbol.name,
7097 bfd_section_vma (ts));
7098 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd,
7099 bfd_section_vma (ts)))
7100 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
7101 }
7102 else
7103 {
7104 if (warn)
7105 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7106 " not setting start address\n"),
7107 entry_symbol.name);
7108 }
7109 }
7110 else
7111 {
7112 if (warn)
7113 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
7114 " not setting start address\n"),
7115 entry_symbol.name);
7116 }
7117 }
7118 }
7119
7120 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
7121 BFD. */
7122
7123 static void
7124 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7125 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7126 {
7127 /* Don't do anything. */
7128 }
7129
7130 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
7131 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
7132 other checking that is needed. */
7133
7134 static void
7135 lang_check (void)
7136 {
7137 lang_input_statement_type *file;
7138 bfd *input_bfd;
7139 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
7140
7141 for (file = (void *) file_chain.head;
7142 file != NULL;
7143 file = file->next)
7144 {
7145 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7146 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
7147 if (file->flags.claimed)
7148 continue;
7149 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
7150 input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
7151 compatible
7152 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
7153 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
7154
7155 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
7156 link between differing object formats when the input
7157 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
7158 input format may not have equivalent representations in
7159 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
7160 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
7161 if (!file->flags.just_syms
7162 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7163 || link_info.emitrelocations)
7164 && (compatible == NULL
7165 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
7166 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
7167 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
7168 {
7169 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
7170 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
7171 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7172 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
7173 /* einfo with %F exits. */
7174 }
7175
7176 if (compatible == NULL)
7177 {
7178 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7179 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
7180 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
7181 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
7182 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
7183 }
7184
7185 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
7186 private data of the output bfd. */
7187 else if (!file->flags.just_syms
7188 && ((input_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7189 || bfd_count_sections (input_bfd) != 0))
7190 {
7191 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
7192
7193 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
7194 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
7195 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
7196 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
7197 information which is needed in the output file. */
7198 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7199 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
7200 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
7201 {
7202 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
7203 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
7204 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
7205 }
7206 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
7207 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
7208 }
7209 }
7210 }
7211
7212 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
7213 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
7214 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
7215
7216 static void
7217 lang_common (void)
7218 {
7219 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
7220 return;
7221 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7222 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
7223 return;
7224
7225 if (!config.sort_common)
7226 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
7227 else
7228 {
7229 unsigned int power;
7230
7231 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
7232 {
7233 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
7234 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7235
7236 power = 0;
7237 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7238 }
7239 else
7240 {
7241 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
7242 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7243
7244 power = (unsigned int) -1;
7245 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
7246 }
7247 }
7248 }
7249
7250 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
7251
7252 static bool
7253 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
7254 {
7255 unsigned int power_of_two;
7256 bfd_vma size;
7257 asection *section;
7258
7259 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
7260 return true;
7261
7262 size = h->u.c.size;
7263 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
7264
7265 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
7266 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
7267 return true;
7268 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
7269 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
7270 return true;
7271
7272 section = h->u.c.p->section;
7273 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
7274 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
7275 h->root.string);
7276
7277 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7278 {
7279 static bool header_printed;
7280 int len;
7281 char *name;
7282 char buf[50];
7283
7284 if (!header_printed)
7285 {
7286 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
7287 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
7288 header_printed = true;
7289 }
7290
7291 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
7292 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
7293 if (name == NULL)
7294 {
7295 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
7296 len = strlen (h->root.string);
7297 }
7298 else
7299 {
7300 minfo ("%s", name);
7301 len = strlen (name);
7302 free (name);
7303 }
7304
7305 if (len >= 19)
7306 {
7307 print_nl ();
7308 len = 0;
7309 }
7310 while (len < 20)
7311 {
7312 print_space ();
7313 ++len;
7314 }
7315
7316 minfo ("0x");
7317 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
7318 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
7319 else
7320 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
7321 minfo ("%s", buf);
7322 len = strlen (buf);
7323
7324 while (len < 16)
7325 {
7326 print_space ();
7327 ++len;
7328 }
7329
7330 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
7331 }
7332
7333 return true;
7334 }
7335
7336 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
7337 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
7338 option are handled here. */
7339
7340 static void
7341 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
7342 {
7343 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
7344 {
7345 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7346 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0, 1);
7347 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7348 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7349 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7350 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7351 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, NULL, os);
7352 }
7353 else
7354 {
7355 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7356 const char *name = s->name;
7357 int constraint = 0;
7358
7359 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
7360 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
7361 s, s->owner);
7362
7363 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
7364 constraint = SPECIAL;
7365
7366 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
7367 if (os == NULL)
7368 {
7369 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, 1);
7370 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
7371 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7372 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
7373 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
7374 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, NULL, os);
7375 }
7376
7377 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
7378 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
7379 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
7380 s, s->owner, os->name);
7381 }
7382 }
7383
7384 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
7385 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
7386 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
7387
7388 static void
7389 lang_place_orphans (void)
7390 {
7391 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
7392 {
7393 asection *s;
7394
7395 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7396 {
7397 if (s->output_section == NULL)
7398 {
7399 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
7400 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
7401
7402 if (file->flags.just_syms)
7403 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
7404 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
7405 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
7406 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
7407 {
7408 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
7409 come from an archive. We attach to the section
7410 with the wildcard. */
7411 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7412 || command_line.force_common_definition)
7413 {
7414 if (default_common_section == NULL)
7415 default_common_section
7416 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0, 1);
7417 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
7418 NULL, NULL, default_common_section);
7419 }
7420 }
7421 else
7422 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
7423 }
7424 }
7425 }
7426 }
7427
7428 void
7429 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
7430 {
7431 flagword *ptr_flags;
7432
7433 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7434
7435 while (*flags)
7436 {
7437 switch (*flags)
7438 {
7439 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
7440 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
7441 case '!':
7442 invert = !invert;
7443 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7444 break;
7445
7446 case 'A': case 'a':
7447 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
7448 break;
7449
7450 case 'R': case 'r':
7451 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7452 break;
7453
7454 case 'W': case 'w':
7455 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
7456 break;
7457
7458 case 'X': case 'x':
7459 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
7460 break;
7461
7462 case 'L': case 'l':
7463 case 'I': case 'i':
7464 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
7465 break;
7466
7467 default:
7468 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
7469 *flags, *flags);
7470 break;
7471 }
7472 flags++;
7473 }
7474 }
7475
7476 /* Call a function on each real input file. This function will be
7477 called on an archive, but not on the elements. */
7478
7479 void
7480 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7481 {
7482 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7483
7484 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7485 f != NULL;
7486 f = f->next_real_file)
7487 if (f->flags.real)
7488 func (f);
7489 }
7490
7491 /* Call a function on each real file. The function will be called on
7492 all the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but
7493 will not be called on the archive file itself. */
7494
7495 void
7496 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7497 {
7498 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7499 {
7500 if (f->flags.real)
7501 func (f);
7502 }
7503 }
7504
7505 void
7506 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
7507 {
7508 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
7509
7510 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
7511 a link. */
7512 ASSERT (link_info.input_bfds_tail != &entry->the_bfd->link.next
7513 && entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
7514 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
7515
7516 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
7517 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
7518 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
7519 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
7520
7521 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
7522 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
7523 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
7524 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
7525 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
7526 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
7527 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
7528 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
7529 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
7530
7531 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
7532 }
7533
7534 void
7535 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
7536 {
7537 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
7538 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
7539 {
7540 output_filename = name;
7541 had_output_filename = true;
7542 }
7543 }
7544
7545 lang_output_section_statement_type *
7546 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
7547 etree_type *address_exp,
7548 enum section_type sectype,
7549 etree_type *sectype_value,
7550 etree_type *align,
7551 etree_type *subalign,
7552 etree_type *ebase,
7553 int constraint,
7554 int align_with_input)
7555 {
7556 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7557
7558 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
7559 constraint, 2);
7560 current_section = os;
7561
7562 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
7563 {
7564 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
7565 }
7566 os->sectype = sectype;
7567 if (sectype == type_section || sectype == typed_readonly_section)
7568 os->sectype_value = sectype_value;
7569 else if (sectype == noload_section)
7570 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
7571 else
7572 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7573 os->block_value = 1;
7574
7575 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
7576 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
7577
7578 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
7579 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
7580 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
7581 NULL);
7582
7583 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
7584 os->section_alignment = align;
7585
7586 os->load_base = ebase;
7587 return os;
7588 }
7589
7590 void
7591 lang_final (void)
7592 {
7593 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
7594
7595 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
7596 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
7597 }
7598
7599 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
7600
7601 void
7602 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
7603 {
7604 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
7605 asection *o;
7606 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7607
7608 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
7609 {
7610 p->current = p->origin;
7611 p->last_os = NULL;
7612 }
7613
7614 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7615 os != NULL;
7616 os = os->next)
7617 {
7618 os->processed_vma = false;
7619 os->processed_lma = false;
7620 }
7621
7622 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7623 {
7624 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7625 o->rawsize = o->size;
7626 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7627 o->size = 0;
7628 }
7629 }
7630
7631 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7632
7633 static void
7634 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7635 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7636 asection *section,
7637 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7638 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7639 {
7640 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7641 should be as well. */
7642 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7643 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7644 }
7645
7646 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7647
7648 static void
7649 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7650 {
7651 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7652 {
7653 switch (s->header.type)
7654 {
7655 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7656 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7657 break;
7658 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7659 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7660 break;
7661 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7662 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7663 break;
7664 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7665 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7666 break;
7667 default:
7668 break;
7669 }
7670 }
7671 }
7672
7673 static void
7674 lang_gc_sections (void)
7675 {
7676 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7677 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7678
7679 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7680 the special case of .stabstr debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7681 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7682 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7683 {
7684 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7685 {
7686 asection *sec;
7687 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7688 if (f->flags.claimed)
7689 continue;
7690 #endif
7691 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7692 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0
7693 || strcmp (sec->name, ".stabstr") != 0)
7694 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7695 }
7696 }
7697
7698 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7699 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7700 }
7701
7702 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7703
7704 static void
7705 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7706 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7707 asection *section,
7708 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7709 void *data)
7710 {
7711 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7712 size. */
7713 if (section->output_section != NULL
7714 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7715 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7716 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7717 && section->size != 0)
7718 {
7719 bool *has_relro_section = (bool *) data;
7720 *has_relro_section = true;
7721 }
7722 }
7723
7724 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7725
7726 static void
7727 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7728 bool *has_relro_section)
7729 {
7730 if (*has_relro_section)
7731 return;
7732
7733 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7734 {
7735 if (s == expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat)
7736 break;
7737
7738 switch (s->header.type)
7739 {
7740 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7741 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7742 find_relro_section_callback,
7743 has_relro_section);
7744 break;
7745 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7746 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7747 has_relro_section);
7748 break;
7749 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7750 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7751 has_relro_section);
7752 break;
7753 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7754 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7755 has_relro_section);
7756 break;
7757 default:
7758 break;
7759 }
7760 }
7761 }
7762
7763 static void
7764 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7765 {
7766 bool has_relro_section = false;
7767
7768 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7769
7770 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7771 &has_relro_section);
7772
7773 if (!has_relro_section)
7774 link_info.relro = false;
7775 }
7776
7777 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7778
7779 void
7780 lang_relax_sections (bool need_layout)
7781 {
7782 /* NB: Also enable relaxation to layout sections for DT_RELR. */
7783 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED || link_info.enable_dt_relr)
7784 {
7785 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7786 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7787
7788 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7789 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7790
7791 while (i--)
7792 {
7793 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7794 bool relax_again;
7795
7796 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7797 do
7798 {
7799 link_info.relax_trip++;
7800
7801 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7802 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7803 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7804
7805 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7806 section sizes. */
7807 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7808
7809 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7810 size. */
7811 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7812
7813 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7814 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7815 relax_again = false;
7816 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, false);
7817 }
7818 while (relax_again);
7819
7820 link_info.relax_pass++;
7821 }
7822 need_layout = true;
7823 }
7824
7825 if (need_layout)
7826 {
7827 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7828 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7829 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7830 lang_size_sections (NULL, true);
7831 }
7832 }
7833
7834 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
7835 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7836 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7837 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7838 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7839 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7840 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7841 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7842 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7843 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7844 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7845
7846 static lang_input_statement_type *
7847 find_replacements_insert_point (bool *before)
7848 {
7849 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7850 lastobject = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7851 for (claim1 = (void *) file_chain.head;
7852 claim1 != NULL;
7853 claim1 = claim1->next)
7854 {
7855 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7856 {
7857 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7858 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7859 }
7860 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7861 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7862 lastobject = claim1;
7863 }
7864 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7865 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7866 insert point. */
7867 *before = false;
7868 return lastobject;
7869 }
7870
7871 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7872 added during a rescan. */
7873
7874 static lang_input_statement_type **
7875 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7876 {
7877 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7878 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7879 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7880 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7881 lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
7882
7883 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7884 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7885
7886 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7887 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7888 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7889 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7890 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7891 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7892 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7893 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7894 f != NULL;
7895 f = f->next_real_file)
7896 {
7897 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7898 {
7899 before = last_loaded;
7900 if (f->next != NULL)
7901 return &f->next->next;
7902 }
7903 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7904 last_loaded = f;
7905 }
7906
7907 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7908 *iter != NULL;
7909 iter = &(*iter)->next)
7910 if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
7911 && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7912 break;
7913
7914 return iter;
7915 }
7916
7917 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7918 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7919 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7920
7921 static void
7922 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7923 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7924 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7925 {
7926 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7927 *field = srclist->head;
7928 if (destlist->tail == field)
7929 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7930 }
7931
7932 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7933 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7934
7935 static void
7936 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7937 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7938 {
7939 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7940 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7941 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7942 savetail = origlist->tail;
7943 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7944 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7945 destlist->tail = savetail;
7946 *savetail = NULL;
7947 }
7948
7949 static lang_statement_union_type **
7950 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7951 {
7952 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7953 {
7954 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7955 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7956 {
7957 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7958 return s;
7959 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7960 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7961 break;
7962 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7963 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7964 break;
7965 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7966 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7967 break;
7968 default:
7969 continue;
7970 }
7971 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7972 if (*t)
7973 return t;
7974 }
7975 return s;
7976 }
7977 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
7978
7979 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7980
7981 void
7982 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7983 {
7984 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7985
7986 if (name == NULL)
7987 return;
7988
7989 sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7990
7991 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7992 sym->name = name;
7993 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7994 }
7995
7996 /* Check relocations. */
7997
7998 static void
7999 lang_check_relocs (void)
8000 {
8001 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
8002 {
8003 bfd *abfd;
8004
8005 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
8006 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
8007 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
8008 {
8009 /* No object output, fail return. */
8010 config.make_executable = false;
8011 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
8012 continue the scan in case there are other
8013 bad relocations to report. */
8014 }
8015 }
8016 }
8017
8018 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
8019 propagate forward the lma region. */
8020
8021 static void
8022 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
8023 {
8024 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8025
8026 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8027 os != NULL;
8028 os = os->next)
8029 {
8030 if (os->prev != NULL
8031 && os->lma_region == NULL
8032 && os->load_base == NULL
8033 && os->addr_tree == NULL
8034 && os->region == os->prev->region)
8035 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
8036 }
8037 }
8038
8039 void
8040 lang_process (void)
8041 {
8042 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
8043 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8044 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
8045
8046 current_target = default_target;
8047
8048 /* Open the output file. */
8049 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
8050 init_opb (NULL);
8051
8052 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
8053
8054 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
8055 lang_place_undefineds ();
8056
8057 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
8058 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
8059
8060 /* A first pass through the memory regions ensures that if any region
8061 references a symbol for its origin or length then this symbol will be
8062 added to the symbol table. Having these symbols in the symbol table
8063 means that when we call open_input_bfds PROVIDE statements will
8064 trigger to provide any needed symbols. The regions origins and
8065 lengths are not assigned as a result of this call. */
8066 lang_do_memory_regions (false);
8067
8068 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
8069 current_target = default_target;
8070 lang_statement_iteration++;
8071 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
8072
8073 /* Now that open_input_bfds has processed assignments and provide
8074 statements we can give values to symbolic origin/length now. */
8075 lang_do_memory_regions (true);
8076
8077 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
8078 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
8079 {
8080 lang_statement_list_type added;
8081 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
8082
8083 ldemul_before_plugin_all_symbols_read ();
8084
8085 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
8086 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
8087 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
8088 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
8089 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
8090 file. */
8091 added = *stat_ptr;
8092 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
8093 files = file_chain;
8094 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
8095 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
8096 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
8097 plugin_error_plugin ());
8098 link_info.lto_all_symbols_read = true;
8099 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
8100 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
8101 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
8102 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
8103 plugin_undefs = NULL;
8104 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
8105 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
8106 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
8107 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
8108 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
8109 /* Were any new files added? */
8110 if (added.head != NULL)
8111 {
8112 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
8113 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
8114 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
8115 immediately before. */
8116 bool before;
8117 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
8118 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
8119 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
8120 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
8121 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
8122 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
8123 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
8124 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
8125 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
8126 if (before)
8127 {
8128 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
8129 if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
8130 {
8131 /* We didn't find the expected input statement.
8132 Fall back to adding after plugin_insert. */
8133 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
8134 }
8135 }
8136 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
8137 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
8138 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
8139 (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
8140 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
8141 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
8142 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
8143 if (plugin_insert->filename)
8144 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
8145 (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
8146 else
8147 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
8148
8149 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
8150 files = file_chain;
8151 lang_statement_iteration++;
8152 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
8153 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
8154 while (files.head != NULL)
8155 {
8156 lang_input_statement_type **insert;
8157 lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
8158 bfd *my_arch;
8159
8160 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
8161 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
8162 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
8163 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
8164 if (my_arch != NULL)
8165 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
8166 if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
8167 break;
8168 temp = *insert;
8169 *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
8170 files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
8171 *iter = temp;
8172 if (my_arch != NULL)
8173 {
8174 lang_input_statement_type *parent = bfd_usrdata (my_arch);
8175 if (parent != NULL)
8176 parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
8177 ((char *) iter
8178 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
8179 }
8180 }
8181 }
8182 }
8183 #endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
8184
8185 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
8186 before now. */
8187 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
8188
8189 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
8190
8191 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
8192 {
8193 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
8194
8195 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
8196 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
8197 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
8198 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
8199 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
8200 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
8201 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
8202 points for garbage collection resolution. */
8203 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
8204 }
8205
8206 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
8207 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
8208
8209 ldemul_after_open ();
8210 if (config.map_file != NULL)
8211 lang_print_asneeded ();
8212
8213 ldlang_open_ctf ();
8214
8215 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
8216
8217 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
8218 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
8219 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
8220 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
8221 link. */
8222 lang_check ();
8223
8224 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
8225 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
8226 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
8227
8228 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
8229 files. */
8230 ldctor_build_sets ();
8231
8232 lang_symbol_tweaks ();
8233
8234 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
8235 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
8236 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
8237 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
8238
8239 /* Size up the common data. */
8240 lang_common ();
8241
8242 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
8243 lang_gc_sections ();
8244
8245 lang_mark_undefineds ();
8246
8247 /* Check relocations. */
8248 lang_check_relocs ();
8249
8250 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
8251
8252 /* Update wild statements. */
8253 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
8254
8255 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
8256 to the correct output sections. */
8257 lang_statement_iteration++;
8258 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
8259
8260 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
8261 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
8262 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
8263
8264 ldemul_before_place_orphans ();
8265
8266 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
8267 lang_place_orphans ();
8268
8269 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8270 {
8271 asection *found;
8272
8273 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
8274 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
8275 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
8276 is hard then. */
8277 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
8278
8279 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
8280 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
8281
8282 if (found != NULL)
8283 {
8284 if (config.text_read_only)
8285 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
8286 else
8287 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
8288 }
8289 }
8290
8291 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
8292 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
8293 lang_merge_ctf ();
8294
8295 /* Emit the CTF, iff the emulation doesn't need to do late emission after
8296 examining things laid out late, like the strtab. */
8297 lang_write_ctf (0);
8298
8299 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
8300 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
8301
8302 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
8303 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
8304 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
8305 if (config.build_constructors)
8306 lang_undef_start_stop ();
8307
8308 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
8309 dynamic symbols are created. */
8310 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8311 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
8312
8313 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
8314 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
8315 ldemul_before_allocation ();
8316
8317 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
8318 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
8319 lang_record_phdrs ();
8320
8321 /* Check relro sections. */
8322 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
8323 lang_find_relro_sections ();
8324
8325 /* Size up the sections. */
8326 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
8327
8328 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
8329 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
8330 ldemul_after_allocation ();
8331
8332 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
8333 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
8334
8335 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
8336 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
8337 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
8338 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
8339 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
8340 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
8341
8342 ldemul_finish ();
8343
8344 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
8345 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
8346
8347 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
8348 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
8349 lang_check_section_addresses ();
8350
8351 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
8352 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
8353
8354 lang_end ();
8355 }
8356
8357 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
8358
8359 void
8360 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
8361 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
8362 bool keep_sections)
8363 {
8364 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
8365 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
8366
8367 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
8368 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
8369 curr != NULL;
8370 section_list = curr, curr = next)
8371 {
8372 next = curr->next;
8373 curr->next = section_list;
8374 }
8375
8376 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
8377 {
8378 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
8379 filespec->name = NULL;
8380 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
8381 lang_has_input_file = true;
8382 }
8383
8384 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
8385 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
8386 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = false;
8387 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
8388 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
8389 if (filespec != NULL)
8390 {
8391 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
8392 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
8393 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
8394 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
8395 }
8396 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
8397 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
8398 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
8399 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
8400 }
8401
8402 void
8403 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
8404 const segment_type *segment)
8405 {
8406 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
8407
8408 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
8409 ad->section_name = name;
8410 ad->address = address;
8411 ad->segment = segment;
8412 }
8413
8414 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
8415 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
8416 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
8417 precedence. */
8418
8419 void
8420 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bool cmdline)
8421 {
8422 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
8423 || cmdline
8424 || !entry_from_cmdline)
8425 {
8426 entry_symbol.name = name;
8427 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
8428 }
8429 }
8430
8431 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
8432 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
8433 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
8434 must be permanently allocated. */
8435 void
8436 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
8437 {
8438 entry_symbol_default = name;
8439 }
8440
8441 void
8442 lang_add_target (const char *name)
8443 {
8444 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
8445
8446 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
8447 new_stmt->target = name;
8448 }
8449
8450 void
8451 lang_add_map (const char *name)
8452 {
8453 while (*name)
8454 {
8455 switch (*name)
8456 {
8457 case 'F':
8458 map_option_f = true;
8459 break;
8460 }
8461 name++;
8462 }
8463 }
8464
8465 void
8466 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
8467 {
8468 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
8469
8470 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
8471 new_stmt->fill = fill;
8472 }
8473
8474 void
8475 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
8476 {
8477 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
8478
8479 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
8480 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8481 new_stmt->type = type;
8482 }
8483
8484 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
8485 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
8486 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
8487 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
8488 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
8489 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
8490
8491 void
8492 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
8493 reloc_howto_type *howto,
8494 asection *section,
8495 const char *name,
8496 union etree_union *addend)
8497 {
8498 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
8499
8500 p->reloc = reloc;
8501 p->howto = howto;
8502 p->section = section;
8503 p->name = name;
8504 p->addend_exp = addend;
8505
8506 p->addend_value = 0;
8507 p->output_section = NULL;
8508 p->output_offset = 0;
8509 }
8510
8511 lang_assignment_statement_type *
8512 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
8513 {
8514 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
8515
8516 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
8517 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8518 return new_stmt;
8519 }
8520
8521 void
8522 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
8523 {
8524 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
8525 }
8526
8527 void
8528 lang_startup (const char *name)
8529 {
8530 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
8531 {
8532 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
8533 }
8534 first_file->filename = name;
8535 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
8536 first_file->flags.real = true;
8537 }
8538
8539 void
8540 lang_float (bool maybe)
8541 {
8542 lang_float_flag = maybe;
8543 }
8544
8545
8546 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
8547 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
8548
8549 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
8550 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
8551 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
8552 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
8553 had an explicit load address.
8554
8555 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
8556
8557 static void
8558 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
8559 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
8560 const char *memspec,
8561 const char *lma_memspec,
8562 bool have_lma,
8563 bool have_vma)
8564 {
8565 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, false);
8566
8567 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
8568 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
8569 as well. */
8570 if (lma_memspec != NULL
8571 && !have_vma
8572 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
8573 *region = *lma_region;
8574 else
8575 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, false);
8576
8577 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
8578 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
8579 NULL);
8580 }
8581
8582 void
8583 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
8584 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8585 const char *lma_memspec)
8586 {
8587 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
8588 &current_section->lma_region,
8589 memspec, lma_memspec,
8590 current_section->load_base != NULL,
8591 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
8592
8593 current_section->fill = fill;
8594 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
8595 pop_stat_ptr ();
8596 }
8597
8598 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
8599
8600 void
8601 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
8602 const char *big,
8603 const char *little,
8604 int from_script)
8605 {
8606 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
8607 {
8608 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
8609 && big != NULL)
8610 format = big;
8611 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
8612 && little != NULL)
8613 format = little;
8614
8615 output_target = format;
8616 }
8617 }
8618
8619 void
8620 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
8621 {
8622 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
8623
8624 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
8625 new_stmt->where = where;
8626 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
8627 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
8628 }
8629
8630 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
8631 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
8632
8633 void
8634 lang_enter_group (void)
8635 {
8636 lang_group_statement_type *g;
8637
8638 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8639 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8640 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8641 }
8642
8643 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8644 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8645 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8646 but currently they can't. */
8647
8648 void
8649 lang_leave_group (void)
8650 {
8651 pop_stat_ptr ();
8652 }
8653
8654 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8655 command in a linker script. */
8656
8657 void
8658 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8659 etree_type *type,
8660 bool filehdr,
8661 bool phdrs,
8662 etree_type *at,
8663 etree_type *flags)
8664 {
8665 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8666 bool hdrs;
8667
8668 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8669 n->next = NULL;
8670 n->name = name;
8671 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
8672 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8673 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8674 n->at = at;
8675 n->flags = flags;
8676
8677 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8678
8679 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8680 if (hdrs
8681 && (*pp)->type == 1
8682 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8683 {
8684 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8685 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8686 hdrs = false;
8687 }
8688
8689 *pp = n;
8690 }
8691
8692 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8693 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8694
8695 static void
8696 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8697 {
8698 unsigned int alc;
8699 asection **secs;
8700 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8701 struct lang_phdr *l;
8702 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8703
8704 alc = 10;
8705 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8706 last = NULL;
8707
8708 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8709 {
8710 unsigned int c;
8711 flagword flags;
8712 bfd_vma at;
8713
8714 c = 0;
8715 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8716 os != NULL;
8717 os = os->next)
8718 {
8719 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8720
8721 if (os->constraint < 0)
8722 continue;
8723
8724 pl = os->phdrs;
8725 if (pl != NULL)
8726 last = pl;
8727 else
8728 {
8729 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8730 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8731 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8732 continue;
8733
8734 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8735 if (l->type == 3)
8736 continue;
8737
8738 if (last == NULL)
8739 {
8740 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8741
8742 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8743 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8744 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8745 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8746 header and there are sections in that script which are
8747 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8748 use of that header. See here for more details:
8749 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8750 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8751 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8752 {
8753 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8754 break;
8755 }
8756 if (last == NULL)
8757 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8758 }
8759 pl = last;
8760 }
8761
8762 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8763 continue;
8764
8765 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8766 {
8767 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8768 {
8769 if (c >= alc)
8770 {
8771 alc *= 2;
8772 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8773 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8774 }
8775 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8776 ++c;
8777 pl->used = true;
8778 }
8779 }
8780 }
8781
8782 if (l->flags == NULL)
8783 flags = 0;
8784 else
8785 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8786
8787 if (l->at == NULL)
8788 at = 0;
8789 else
8790 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8791
8792 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8793 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8794 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8795 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8796 }
8797
8798 free (secs);
8799
8800 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8801 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8802 os != NULL;
8803 os = os->next)
8804 {
8805 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8806
8807 if (os->constraint < 0
8808 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8809 continue;
8810
8811 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8812 pl != NULL;
8813 pl = pl->next)
8814 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8815 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8816 os->name, pl->name);
8817 }
8818 }
8819
8820 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8821
8822 void
8823 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8824 {
8825 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8826
8827 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8828 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8829 n->list = l;
8830 n->onlyfirst = false;
8831 nocrossref_list = n;
8832
8833 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8834 link_info.notice_all = true;
8835 }
8836
8837 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8838
8839 void
8840 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8841 {
8842 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8843 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = true;
8844 }
8845 \f
8846 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8847
8848 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8849 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8850 /* And subsection alignment. */
8851 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8852
8853 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8854 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8855
8856 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8857
8858 struct overlay_list {
8859 struct overlay_list *next;
8860 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8861 };
8862
8863 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8864
8865 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8866
8867 void
8868 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8869 {
8870 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8871 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8872 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8873 && overlay_max == NULL);
8874
8875 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8876 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8877 }
8878
8879 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8880 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8881 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8882
8883 void
8884 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8885 {
8886 struct overlay_list *n;
8887 etree_type *size;
8888
8889 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8890 0, 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8891
8892 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8893 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8894 used in the addresses. */
8895 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8896 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8897
8898 /* Remember the section. */
8899 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8900 n->os = current_section;
8901 n->next = overlay_list;
8902 overlay_list = n;
8903
8904 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8905
8906 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8907 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8908 overlay_max = size;
8909 else
8910 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8911 }
8912
8913 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8914 here. */
8915
8916 void
8917 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8918 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8919 {
8920 const char *name;
8921 char *clean, *s2;
8922 const char *s1;
8923 char *buf;
8924
8925 name = current_section->name;
8926
8927 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8928 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8929 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8930 override it. */
8931 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8932
8933 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8934
8935 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8936 s2 = clean;
8937 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8938 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8939 *s2++ = *s1;
8940 *s2 = '\0';
8941
8942 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8943 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8944 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8945 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8946 false));
8947
8948 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8949 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8950 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8951 exp_binop ('+',
8952 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8953 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8954 false));
8955
8956 free (clean);
8957 }
8958
8959 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8960 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8961
8962 void
8963 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8964 int nocrossrefs,
8965 fill_type *fill,
8966 const char *memspec,
8967 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8968 const char *lma_memspec)
8969 {
8970 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8971 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8972 struct overlay_list *l;
8973 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8974
8975 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8976 memspec, lma_memspec,
8977 lma_expr != NULL, false);
8978
8979 nocrossref = NULL;
8980
8981 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8982 overlay region. */
8983 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8984 {
8985 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8986 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8987 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), false);
8988 }
8989
8990 l = overlay_list;
8991 while (l != NULL)
8992 {
8993 struct overlay_list *next;
8994
8995 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8996 l->os->fill = fill;
8997
8998 l->os->region = region;
8999 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
9000
9001 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
9002 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
9003 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
9004 an LMA region was specified. */
9005 if (l->next == 0)
9006 {
9007 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
9008 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
9009 }
9010 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
9011 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
9012
9013 if (nocrossrefs)
9014 {
9015 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
9016
9017 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
9018 nc->name = l->os->name;
9019 nc->next = nocrossref;
9020 nocrossref = nc;
9021 }
9022
9023 next = l->next;
9024 free (l);
9025 l = next;
9026 }
9027
9028 if (nocrossref != NULL)
9029 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
9030
9031 overlay_vma = NULL;
9032 overlay_list = NULL;
9033 overlay_max = NULL;
9034 overlay_subalign = NULL;
9035 }
9036 \f
9037 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
9038
9039 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
9040 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
9041 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
9042
9043 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
9044 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
9045 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
9046 const char *sym)
9047 {
9048 const char *c_sym;
9049 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
9050 const char *java_sym = sym;
9051 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
9052 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
9053
9054 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
9055 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
9056 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
9057 if (!c_sym)
9058 c_sym = sym;
9059 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
9060
9061 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9062 {
9063 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
9064 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
9065 if (!cxx_sym)
9066 cxx_sym = sym;
9067 }
9068 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9069 {
9070 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
9071 if (!java_sym)
9072 java_sym = sym;
9073 }
9074
9075 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
9076 {
9077 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
9078
9079 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
9080 {
9081 case 0:
9082 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
9083 {
9084 e.pattern = c_sym;
9085 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9086 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9087 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
9088 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
9089 goto out_ret;
9090 else
9091 expr = expr->next;
9092 }
9093 /* Fallthrough */
9094 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
9095 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9096 {
9097 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
9098 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9099 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9100 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
9101 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9102 goto out_ret;
9103 else
9104 expr = expr->next;
9105 }
9106 /* Fallthrough */
9107 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
9108 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9109 {
9110 e.pattern = java_sym;
9111 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9112 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
9113 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
9114 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9115 goto out_ret;
9116 else
9117 expr = expr->next;
9118 }
9119 /* Fallthrough */
9120 default:
9121 break;
9122 }
9123 }
9124
9125 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
9126 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
9127 expr = head->remaining;
9128 else
9129 expr = prev->next;
9130 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
9131 {
9132 const char *s;
9133
9134 if (!expr->pattern)
9135 continue;
9136
9137 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
9138 break;
9139
9140 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
9141 s = java_sym;
9142 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
9143 s = cxx_sym;
9144 else
9145 s = c_sym;
9146 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
9147 break;
9148 }
9149
9150 out_ret:
9151 if (c_sym != sym)
9152 free ((char *) c_sym);
9153 if (cxx_sym != sym)
9154 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
9155 if (java_sym != sym)
9156 free ((char *) java_sym);
9157 return expr;
9158 }
9159
9160 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
9161 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
9162
9163 static const char *
9164 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
9165 {
9166 const char *p;
9167 bool changed = false, backslash = false;
9168 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
9169
9170 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
9171 {
9172 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
9173 backslash. */
9174 if (backslash)
9175 {
9176 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
9177 *(s - 1) = *p;
9178 backslash = false;
9179 changed = true;
9180 }
9181 else
9182 {
9183 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
9184 {
9185 free (symbol);
9186 return NULL;
9187 }
9188
9189 *s++ = *p;
9190 backslash = *p == '\\';
9191 }
9192 }
9193
9194 if (changed)
9195 {
9196 *s = '\0';
9197 return symbol;
9198 }
9199 else
9200 {
9201 free (symbol);
9202 return pattern;
9203 }
9204 }
9205
9206 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
9207 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
9208 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
9209
9210 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
9211 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
9212 const char *new_name,
9213 const char *lang,
9214 bool literal_p)
9215 {
9216 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
9217
9218 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9219 ret->next = orig;
9220 ret->symver = 0;
9221 ret->script = 0;
9222 ret->literal = true;
9223 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
9224 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
9225 {
9226 ret->pattern = new_name;
9227 ret->literal = false;
9228 }
9229
9230 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
9231 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9232 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
9233 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
9234 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
9235 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
9236 else
9237 {
9238 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
9239 lang);
9240 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
9241 }
9242
9243 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
9244 }
9245
9246 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
9247 expressions. */
9248
9249 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
9250 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
9251 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
9252 {
9253 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
9254
9255 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
9256 ret->globals.list = globals;
9257 ret->locals.list = locals;
9258 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
9259 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
9260 return ret;
9261 }
9262
9263 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
9264
9265 static int version_index;
9266
9267 static hashval_t
9268 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
9269 {
9270 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
9271 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
9272
9273 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
9274 }
9275
9276 static int
9277 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
9278 {
9279 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
9280 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
9281 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
9282 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
9283
9284 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
9285 }
9286
9287 static void
9288 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
9289 {
9290 size_t count = 0;
9291 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
9292 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
9293
9294 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
9295 {
9296 if (e->literal)
9297 count++;
9298 head->mask |= e->mask;
9299 }
9300
9301 if (count)
9302 {
9303 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
9304 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
9305 list_loc = &head->list;
9306 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
9307 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
9308 {
9309 next = e->next;
9310 if (!e->literal)
9311 {
9312 *remaining_loc = e;
9313 remaining_loc = &e->next;
9314 }
9315 else
9316 {
9317 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
9318
9319 if (*loc)
9320 {
9321 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
9322
9323 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
9324 last = NULL;
9325 do
9326 {
9327 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
9328 {
9329 last = NULL;
9330 break;
9331 }
9332 last = e1;
9333 e1 = e1->next;
9334 }
9335 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
9336
9337 if (last == NULL)
9338 {
9339 /* This is a duplicate. */
9340 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
9341 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
9342 /* free (e->pattern); */
9343 free (e);
9344 }
9345 else
9346 {
9347 e->next = last->next;
9348 last->next = e;
9349 }
9350 }
9351 else
9352 {
9353 *loc = e;
9354 *list_loc = e;
9355 list_loc = &e->next;
9356 }
9357 }
9358 }
9359 *remaining_loc = NULL;
9360 *list_loc = head->remaining;
9361 }
9362 else
9363 head->remaining = head->list;
9364 }
9365
9366 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
9367 version. */
9368
9369 void
9370 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
9371 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
9372 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
9373 {
9374 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
9375 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
9376
9377 if (name == NULL)
9378 name = "";
9379
9380 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
9381 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
9382 {
9383 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
9384 " with other version tags\n"));
9385 free (version);
9386 return;
9387 }
9388
9389 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
9390 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9391 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9392 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
9393
9394 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
9395 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
9396
9397 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
9398 aren't any duplicates. */
9399
9400 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9401 {
9402 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9403 {
9404 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9405
9406 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
9407 {
9408 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9409 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
9410 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9411 {
9412 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9413 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9414 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9415 e2 = e2->next;
9416 }
9417 }
9418 else if (!e1->literal)
9419 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9420 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9421 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9422 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9423 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9424 }
9425 }
9426
9427 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9428 {
9429 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9430 {
9431 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9432
9433 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
9434 {
9435 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9436 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
9437 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9438 {
9439 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9440 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9441 " in version information\n"),
9442 e1->pattern);
9443 e2 = e2->next;
9444 }
9445 }
9446 else if (!e1->literal)
9447 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9448 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9449 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9450 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9451 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9452 }
9453 }
9454
9455 version->deps = deps;
9456 version->name = name;
9457 if (name[0] != '\0')
9458 {
9459 ++version_index;
9460 version->vernum = version_index;
9461 }
9462 else
9463 version->vernum = 0;
9464
9465 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
9466 ;
9467 *pp = version;
9468 }
9469
9470 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
9471
9472 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
9473 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
9474 {
9475 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
9476 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
9477
9478 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9479 ret->next = list;
9480
9481 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9482 {
9483 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9484 {
9485 ret->version_needed = t;
9486 return ret;
9487 }
9488 }
9489
9490 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
9491
9492 ret->version_needed = NULL;
9493 return ret;
9494 }
9495
9496 static void
9497 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
9498 {
9499 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
9500
9501 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
9502 {
9503 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
9504 char *contents, *p;
9505 bfd_size_type len;
9506
9507 if (sec == NULL)
9508 continue;
9509
9510 len = sec->size;
9511 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
9512 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
9513 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
9514
9515 p = contents;
9516 while (p < contents + len)
9517 {
9518 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, false);
9519 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
9520 }
9521
9522 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
9523
9524 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
9525 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
9526 }
9527
9528 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, false);
9529 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
9530 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
9531 }
9532
9533 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec. This is initially
9534 called with UPDATE_REGIONS_P set to FALSE, in this case no errors are
9535 thrown, however, references to symbols in the origin and length fields
9536 will be pushed into the symbol table, this allows PROVIDE statements to
9537 then provide these symbols. This function is called a second time with
9538 UPDATE_REGIONS_P set to TRUE, this time the we update the actual region
9539 data structures, and throw errors if missing symbols are encountered. */
9540
9541 static void
9542 lang_do_memory_regions (bool update_regions_p)
9543 {
9544 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
9545
9546 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
9547 {
9548 if (r->origin_exp)
9549 {
9550 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
9551 if (update_regions_p)
9552 {
9553 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9554 {
9555 r->origin = expld.result.value;
9556 r->current = r->origin;
9557 }
9558 else
9559 einfo (_("%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
9560 r->name_list.name);
9561 }
9562 }
9563 if (r->length_exp)
9564 {
9565 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
9566 if (update_regions_p)
9567 {
9568 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9569 r->length = expld.result.value;
9570 else
9571 einfo (_("%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
9572 r->name_list.name);
9573 }
9574 }
9575 }
9576 }
9577
9578 void
9579 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
9580 {
9581 struct unique_sections *ent;
9582
9583 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
9584 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
9585 return;
9586
9587 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
9588 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
9589 ent->next = unique_section_list;
9590 unique_section_list = ent;
9591 }
9592
9593 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
9594
9595 void
9596 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **list_p,
9597 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
9598 {
9599 if (*list_p)
9600 {
9601 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
9602 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
9603 ;
9604 tail->next = (*list_p)->head.list;
9605 (*list_p)->head.list = dynamic;
9606 }
9607 else
9608 {
9609 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
9610
9611 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
9612 d->head.list = dynamic;
9613 d->match = lang_vers_match;
9614 *list_p = d;
9615 }
9616 }
9617
9618 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
9619 one. */
9620
9621 void
9622 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
9623 {
9624 const char *symbols[] =
9625 {
9626 "typeinfo name for*",
9627 "typeinfo for*"
9628 };
9629 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9630 unsigned int i;
9631
9632 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9633 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9634 false);
9635
9636 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9637 }
9638
9639 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
9640 existing one. */
9641
9642 void
9643 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
9644 {
9645 const char *symbols[] =
9646 {
9647 "operator new*",
9648 "operator delete*"
9649 };
9650 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9651 unsigned int i;
9652
9653 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9654 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9655 false);
9656
9657 lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
9658 }
9659
9660 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9661
9662 void
9663 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9664 {
9665 char *p, *q;
9666
9667 p = str;
9668 while (*p)
9669 {
9670 char sep;
9671 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9672 ++p;
9673 if (!*p)
9674 break;
9675 q = p + 1;
9676 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9677 ++q;
9678 sep = *q;
9679 *q = 0;
9680 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9681 config.sane_expr = true;
9682 else
9683 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9684 *q = sep;
9685 p = q;
9686 }
9687 }
9688
9689 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9690
9691 static void
9692 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
9693 {
9694 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9695 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
9696 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9697 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
9698 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9699 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
9700 else
9701 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
9702 }
9703
9704 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9705
9706 void
9707 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9708 {
9709 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9710
9711 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9712 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9713 {
9714 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9715
9716 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9717 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9718 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
9719
9720 if (r->length != 0)
9721 {
9722 double percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9723 printf (" %6.2f%%", percent);
9724 }
9725 printf ("\n");
9726 }
9727 }